Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat
Symbol of the Government of Canada

ARCHIVED - 2011-2012 RPPs - Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Warning This page has been archived.

Archived Content

Information identified as archived on the Web is for reference, research or recordkeeping purposes. It has not been altered or updated after the date of archiving. Web pages that are archived on the Web are not subject to the Government of Canada Web Standards. As per the Communications Policy of the Government of Canada, you can request alternate formats on the "Contact Us" page.




Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned/expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The departmental strategic framework will be developed in 2011-12 for implementation as of April 1, 2012.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The departmental strategic framework will be developed in 2011-12 for implementation as of April 1, 2012.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The departmental strategic framework will be developed in 2011-12 for implementation as of April 1, 2012.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The departmental strategic framework will be developed in 2011-12 for implementation as of April 1, 2012.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions (GHG) Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 10.1%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 97.19kt  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 96.12kt  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21 87.37kt  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 -1.1%  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21 -10.1%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted GHG emission sources include both facilities and fleet.
  2. Base year emissions from some very small Agri-Environment Services Branch facilities (97 sites) were derived from fiscal year 2004-05 data, and the data will be updated periodically (i.e. not annually). These smaller sites account for about 1.5% of Agriculture and Agri-Food’s (AAFC) total building energy use.
  3. Due to the absence of guidance in the Federal GHG Tracking Protocol on accounting for renewable power purchases for the fiscal year 2005-06 base year and in accordance with advice provided by Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) officials, the reported baseline does not include reductions associated with the proactive purchase of renewable power in the base year. AAFC will adjust as necessary its reporting once guidelines have been established.
  4. As per the Federal GHG Tracking Protocol, the 2005-06 baseline includes emissions from the Central Experimental Farm central heating plant (CEF CHP), which is controlled by Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) (Scope 2 emissions). However, the use of heating from the CEF CHP is being phased out and replaced with AAFC controlled decentralized natural gas heating systems, which will be reported as Scope 1 emissions in the future.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. EEE implementation plan will be developed and put into action by March 31, 2012.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of 2011-12, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 6:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition: For the purposes of the ratio above, a printing device is all desktop printers, networked printers and multi-function devices.
  2. Scope: Due to AAFC’s portfolio of laboratories and many small buildings, the Department will be scoping out some printers predominantly due to building occupancy levels or space configurations limitations and specialized laboratory requirements (such as printers to spectrometers), as well as a limited amount due to security requirements. The corresponding employees will also be scoped out as applicable to ensure a representative ratio is reported.
  3. Method used for determining number of printing units: AAFC will use special software for monitoring and managing network printer devices. In addition, AAFC will use its asset management system to provide a total number of printers supplemented by a physical count for scoped-in facilities.
  4. Method used for determining the number of office employees: AAFC’s internal personnel directory for AAFC personnel count, with employees located in scoped-out facilities subtracted.
  5. Other info: A thorough review of all AAFC printing devices that will inform the strategy for achieving the 8:1 target by March 31, 2013 has been initiated.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. AAFC will set the baseline using 2010-11 consumption rates if it is feasible to obtain reliable data, otherwise it will use 2011-12 data as the baseline. The applicable scope and method for its determination will be determined concurrently.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. A green meeting guide will be developed and adopted by the end of 2011-12.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 80% of all AAFC annual purchases of computers, printers and video-conferencing equipment will be energy efficient.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage by dollar value of purchased energy efficient Information Technology (IT) equipment items identified above N/A
(baseline data
not available)
 
Progress against measure in fiscal year 2011-12 70%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80% for above-referenced purchases;
  2. Measurable: Information available from AAFC’s financial system;
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy is to purchase energy star IT equipment;
  4. Relevant: AAFC purchases a significant quantity of IT equipment, and this will contribute to energy savings and reduced greenhouse gas emissions;
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. Energy efficiency will be determined by Energy Star or other labelling.


By March 31, 2014, 80% of annual copy paper purchases will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content (pre-consumer waste and/or post-consumer fibre).
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage by volume of recycled content copy paper purchased N/A
(baseline data
not available)
 
Progress against measure in 2011-12 70%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80% for above-referenced purchases;
  2. Measurable: Information available from AAFC’s financial system;
  3. Achievable: Departmental directive will be to purchase paper from PWGSC standing offer;
  4. Relevant: AAFC purchases a significant quantity of paper, and this will contribute to reduced consumption of virgin paper and logging; and
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. AAFC will need to develop, communicate and implement a procurement directive on preferred purchases of recycled paper.


Between April 1, 2011 and March 31, 2014, 80% of all janitorial service contracts tendered annually will incorporate the use of environmentally friendly cleaning products.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of janitorial service contracts tendered that incorporate the use of environmentally friendly cleaning products N/A
(baseline data
not available)
 
Progress against measure in fiscal year 2011-12 70%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80% for above-referenced contracts;
  2. Measurable: Information available from the Procurement Review Board reports;
  3. Achievable: Departmental directive is that all new janitorial contracts tendered will require environmentally friendly cleaning products as a mandatory requirement as part of the procurement process;
  4. Relevant: This target will ensure "green" products and practices are used at custodial locations across AAFC;
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. This target will be achieved as existing contracts expire at which time the competitive procurement process can proceed. The proposed procurement process for all janitorial services contracts is vetted through the departmental Procurement Review Board.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Beginning April 1, 2011, 80% of all new indeterminate employees appointed to a Purchasing and Supply (PG) position will undertake and complete mandatory training within two years to become familiar with the principles of material management and procurement best practices relating to green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of indeterminate PG appointees that complete training within two years of being appointed on an annual basis N/A
(baseline data
not available)
 
Progress against measure in 2011-12 80%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80%, type of employee and type of training;
  2. Measurable: Information available from an in-house HR tracking system;
  3. Achievable: Departmental directive is that all new indeterminate PG appointees will complete training within two years of being appointed;
  4. Relevant: This target will ensure procurement staff are familiar with green procurement so as to incorporate within their decision-making;
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. It should be noted that course availability is in high-demand as the mandatory training is a government-wide initiative for the PG category.
  7. For new PG appointees from within government that have already taken the training, or equivalent, within 5 years of being appointed, they will be counted as having taken the training and will not retake it.
  8. The progress reporting will include those that have completed the training and those that are still within the two year period to complete the training. The percentage of those that have completed training for that year will also be identified in parentheses.


By March 31, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the annual performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and material management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of identified key positions that have included environmental considerations related to green procurement initiatives in performance evaluations N/A
(baseline data
not available)
 
Progress against measure in fiscal year 2011-12 70%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100% and type of employee;
  2. Measurable: Information available from in-house tracking system;
  3. Achievable: All functional heads of procurement and material management will be required to include environmental considerations in their performance evaluations;
  4. Relevant: Targets relevant employees;
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. AAFC has identified four positions as functional heads of procurement of and material management.


By March 31, 2014, as part of AAFC's key management procurement process the Procurement Review Board (PRB) will incorporate environmental considerations into its decision-making for 70% of the procurement files for applicable commodities it reviews annually.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of procurement files that contemplated environmental considerations for applicable commodities reviewed by the PRB annually N/A
(baseline data
not available)
 
Progress against measure in fiscal year 2011-12 20%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 70% for key procurement management control process for applicable commodities;
  2. Measurable: Information available from PRB reports;
  3. Achievable: PRB will require that environmental considerations are contemplated for PRB submissions as part of the process for significant procurements for applicable commodities;
  4. Relevant: This target captures significant procurement actions for applicable commodities (greater than $100,000) in which environmental considerations should be contemplated.
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be applied here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. It is expected that AAFC will generally not lead any events in which the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events would be applicable, and purchases of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits are not anticipated in 2011-12.

Top of Page

Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency



Greening Government Operations

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. No   
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 N/A   
FY 2012–13     
FY 2013–14     

Strategies / Comments

  1. Implementation strategies: During 2011-2012, ACOA will develop an implementation plan for the disposal of the Agency’s surplus EEE, develop a definition of location for the purpose of this target, and set interim targets for the percentage of departmental locations having an EEE plan fully implemented in each fiscal year of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy. The plan will be fully implemented at all locations by March 31, 2014. Of note, the plan will include the development of a tracking tool to report on the quantity of surplus EEE generated.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 3.6:1   
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 5:1   
FY 2012–13      
FY 2013–14      

Strategies / Comments

  1. Implementation strategies: In 2011-2012, ACOA will develop a consolidation strategy to reduce the number of printing units to an 8:1 ratio.
  2. For the purposes of this target, ACOA has defined printing units as follows: Network printers, desktop/stand-alone printers and multifunctional devices (networked and non-networked).
  3. Scope: Considerations include building occupancy levels, security and space configurations.
  4. Method used for determining the number of print units: The number of network printers was obtained through an Information Technology report. In addition to this number, a manual count was conducted to determine the number of non-network/standalone and multifunctional devices to arrive at the total number of print units for the Agency. 
  5. Method used for determining number of office employees: For the purposes of this target, the number of office employees was calculated by using Human Resources Dashboard data.
  6. Key considerations: The baseline and interim targets may be reassessed as new information on the number of employees and the scope, number and configuration of print units is further explored over fiscal year 2011-2012.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 4,835 sheets per office employee in 2009-2010   
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011–12 5%   
FY 2012–13      
FY 2013–14      

Strategies / Comments

  1. Baseline year: 2009-2010.
  2. Scope: Includes all paper types.
  3. Method used for determining the number of office employees: For the purposes of this target, the number of office employees was calculated by using Human Resources Dashboard data.
  4. Method used for determining paper consumption: Regional offices were asked to report their actual purchases to Head Office. Head Office then aggregated paper purchases for all regions and the head office to determine the overall count.
  5. Implementation strategies: In 2011-2012, ACOA will develop a strategy to reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20% from the baseline year of 2009-2010, by March 31, 2014.
  6. Key considerations: Certain assumptions on numbers of employees and amounts of paper purchased were made in determining the baseline. Further analysis will be conducted in 2011-2012, and numbers may be adjusted accordingly in future years.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Presence of a green meeting guide. No   

Strategies / Comments

  1. Implementation strategies: ACOA’s adoption of a guide for greening meetings will include drafting the guide, establishing a communications and implementation plan, and obtaining support and approval from senior management.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, ACOA will reduce the number of printed telephone books received by 40%, relative to the baseline year 2010-11.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Number of printed telephone books received in the baseline year (2010-2011). 678   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 10%   

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements, including: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. Implementation strategies: ACOA will work with service providers to develop a plan to reduce the number of printed telephone books received, from the baseline level of 678, by 40% by March 31, 2014.
  3. Method of counting phone books: Telephone service providers will provide the number of books sent to the Agency for the given year.


By April 1, 2011, 83% of IT hardware purchases will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Baseline percentage of IT hardware purchases that are environmentally preferred models. 83%   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A   

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements, including: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. Definition of environmentally preferred model: Models purchased through the Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Green Standing Offer
  3. During 2011-2012, ACOA will determine types of equipment to be included, establish a baseline of the dollar value of IT equipment purchases that are being made through the PWGSC Green Standing Offer, and report on progress.


By March 31, 2014, ACOA will reduce the number of printed agendas by 25%.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Number of agendas ordered in baseline year (2009-2010) 336   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 10%   

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements, including: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. Scope: This target refers to the physical agenda notebooks used to keep track of daily appointments. Reducing the number ordered, and encouraging the use of electronic calendars available as part of email software will have an impact on the amount of paper produced and consumed by the Agency.
  3. Method for determining the number of agendas ordered: Each regional office was asked to provide the total number of printed agendas in the baseline year of 2009-2010. Head Office then aggregated the number of agendas from all regions and Head Office to determine the overall count. The total number of agendas ordered in future years will be compared against this count.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.


Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, all designated employees and acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service or any other federal government department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Percentage of acquisition cardholders who have green procurement training (baseline 2010-2011) 28%   
Percentage of designated employees who have green procurement training N/A   
Percentage of acquisition cardholders who have green procurement training at the end of the given fiscal year. 100%   
Percentage of designated employees who have green procurement training by the end of the given fiscal year. N/A   

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements, including: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. Scope:
    • Select employees: In addition to defining acquisition cardholders during 2011-2012 ACOA will define designated employees, determine groups and levels implicated and establish targets for these employees (i.e. material managers, procurement personnel)
    • Recognized training course: For acquisition cardholders, this will be achieved by means of an online course offered through the Government of Canada’s training website. For designated employees identified, the required training will be defined in 2011-2012.
  3. Scope of target for acquisition cardholders: All new cardholders will be required to take the course before receiving a card. Existing cardholders will be asked to take the course in order to retain their acquisition cards.
  4. Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.


Employee performance evaluations

By March 31, 2012, all identified managers and functional heads of procurement and material management will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Percentage of identified managers and functional heads with environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations in baseline year. N/A   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A   

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements, including: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. In 2011-2012, ACOA will set a baseline and establish targets. This will include defining criteria to identify positions, determining the number of positions to target and developing and implementing environmental consideration clauses in the performance evaluation process.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of three management processes and controls will include environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of management processes and controls that include environmental considerations in baseline year. N/A  
Number of management processes and controls that include environmental considerations at the end of the fiscal year. FY 2011–12 N/A   
FY 2012–13      
FY 2013–14      

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements, including: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. In fiscal year 2011-12, ACOA will develop an inventory of management processes and controls that could include environmental considerations and set interim target for number controls at the end of the fiscal year.

Top of Page

Canada Border Services Agency



Greening Government Operations

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to the CBSA strategic framework, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A in
2011–12
 
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A in
2011–12
 
Existence of strategic framework No  

Strategies/Comments

The 2011–12 CBSA Green Buildings Strategic Framework will, at a minimum, identify the following:

  • Industry-recognized assessment and verification tools to be employed;
  • Assessment level to be achieved;
  • Application threshold (dollar value and/or floor area);
  • Applicable building types for inclusion; and
  • Certification process.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to the CBSA strategic framework, existing Crown buildings over 1,000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1,000m2, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A in
2011–12
 
Percentage of buildings over 1,000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A in
2011–12
 
Existence of strategic framework No  

Strategies/Comments

The 2011–12 CBSA Green Buildings Strategic Framework will, at a minimum, identify the following:

  • Industry-recognized assessment and verification tools to be employed;
  • Assessment level to be achieved;
  • Applicable building types for inclusion;
  • Number or percentage of existing Crown buildings targeted for assessment in each year; and
  • Certification process.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to the CBSA strategic framework, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1,000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1,000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A in
2011–12
 
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1,000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A in
2011–12
 
Existence of strategic framework No  

Strategies/Comments

The 2011–12 CBSA Green Buildings Strategic Framework will, at a minimum, identify the following:

  • Industry-recognized assessment and verification tools to be employed;
  • Assessment level to be achieved;
  • Applicable building types for inclusion; and
  • Certification process.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to the CBSA strategic framework, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A in
2011–12
 
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A in
2011–12
 
Existence of strategic framework  No  

Strategies/Comments

The 2011–12 CBSA Green Buildings Strategic Framework will, at a minimum, identify the following:

  • Industry-recognized assessment and verification tools to be employed;
  • Assessment level to be achieved;
  • Appropriate threshold (dollar value and/or floor area);
  • Applicable building types for inclusion; and
  • Certification process.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17 percent below 2005 levels by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
CBSA greenhouse gas emissions reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by 2020–21, relative to 2005–06 11%  
CBSA greenhouse gas emissions in kilotons of CO2 equivalent 11.0  
CBSA greenhouse gas emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotons of CO2 equivalent 2011-12 10.9  
2012-13    
2013-14    
2014-15    
2015-16    
2016-17    
2017-18    
2018-19    
2019-20    
2020-21 9.8  
Percent change in CBSA greenhouse gas emissions from 2005–06 to the end of the given fiscal year 2011-12 -1.1%  
2012-13    
2013-14    
2014-15    
2015-16    
2016-17    
2017-18    
2018-19    
2019-20    
2020-21 -11%  

Strategies/Comments

  • The greenhouse gas emissions inventory includes both facilities and fleet.
  • From 2005 to 2009, facility greenhouse gas emission intensities have declined by 10 percent as the CBSA has built new efficient buildings. However, over the same time period, absolute emissions have remained constant as newer buildings are larger to meet increasing operational demand.
  • Fleet greenhouse gas intensity has decreased by nine percent from 2005 to 2009. However, absolute fleet emissions have not declined over the same period due to an increase in fleet size. 
  • Since 2006–07, the CBSA has maintained a greenhouse gas emissions inventory and a management strategy for custodial facilities, fleet, leased space and employee commuting. These documents provide insight into the Agency's energy consumption trends and inform cost, consumption and emissions management approaches. 
  • The Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reduction Implementation Plan will include:
    • Interim greenhouse gas reduction targets;
    • Report on performance measures;
    • Clear links to Agency business plans; and
    • Time-bound action items.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, the CBSA will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all CBSA-generated electronic and electrical equipment Yes  
Total number of CBSA locations with electronic and electrical equipment implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year 100%* (applies to CBSA-owned equipment)  

Strategies/Comments

  • Electronic and electric waste is defined as all surplus electronic and electrical assets/materiel that have reached the end of their useful life. This includes all information technology, laboratory, security, telecommunication, audio-visual and office equipment as well as all other equipment powered by electricity.
  • For the purposes of measurement, “CBSA locations” are all facilities with network connectivity. This represents 319 locations, including ports of entry, inland enforcement offices, headquarters and regional offices.
  • *Electronic equipment located within headquarters accounts for approximately 33 percent of all electronic equipment used within the CBSA. Regionally located electronic equipment is owned and managed by the Canada Revenue Agency on behalf of the Agency.
  • The CBSA ensures that all surplus materiel assets are disposed in accordance with the Federal Electronic Waste Strategy and Treasury Board Secretariat Directive on Disposal of Surplus Materiel and makes use of the following mechanisms:
    • Computers for Schools;
    • Crown Assets Distribution Centres;
    • Donation or transfer to other qualifying organizations;
    • Provincial Extended Producer Responsibility Programs; or
    • Other waste programs (e.g. Departmental Individual Standing Offer).
  • Each regional/district materiel manager will maintain his/her own disposal records, and respond to reporting requests from headquarters.
  • For the purposes of this target, “fully implemented” is defined by the presence of a strategy that is accessible to all employees and whose use is mandated by a policy.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, the CBSA will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. The CBSA will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of CBSA office employees to printing units in 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 3:1  
Ratio of CBSA office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 3.4:1 in
2011–12
 

Strategies/Comments

  • “Printing units” include all desktop and networked printers (LAN printers).
  • Strategic Review of all information technology devices indicated an opportunity to reduce the number of devices in use within the CSBA. This reduction will begin in 2011–12 and will be accomplished through a reduction in ever-greening (end-use renewal) of aging equipment. It is anticipated that the Agency will be able to reduce the number of printers within the organization by 340. A reduction of 120 desktop PCs will also be accomplished during this time frame.
  • Performance measurement:
    • The number of printers is determined by the Printing Unit Inventory;
    • The number of office employees is available in Human Resource Staffing Reports.
  • Stakeholder roles and responsibilities:
    • Senior management ensures sustainable development guidelines are communicated and endorsed within the CBSA;
    • Managers ensure requests for new printers are accompanied with business rationale/justification, and ensure disposable items (such as paper and print cartridges) are recycled
    • Information technology procurement officers ensure devices are purchased with environmentally friendly considerations; and
    • Information technology support ensures that printers are configured to take advantage of environmentally friendly settings, and ensures end-of-life equipment is disposed of in an environmentally friendly manner.
  • Information Technology Asset Inventories (i.e. service desk reports) will track the average ratio of office employees to printing units.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, the CBSA will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20 percent. The CBSA will establish a baseline between 2005–06 and 2011–12, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per CBSA scope N/A for 2011–12  
Cumulative reduction in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected N/A for 2011–12  

Strategies/Comments

  • A paper consumption baseline will be established in 2011–12. 
  • All CBSA employees are subject to this target.
  • All multi-purpose office paper used in printers, photocopiers and faxes will be within the scope of this target.
  • The Public Works and Government Services Canada Standing Offer will be used to determine paper consumption.
  • CBSA Human Resource Staffing Reports will be used to determine the number of office employees.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, the CBSA will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide No  

Strategies/Comments

  • The download rate of the green meeting guide from the Agency's sustainable development intranet site and/or a post-implementation survey will be used as evidence of adoption.
  • The green meeting guide is applicable to all CBSA employees for all types and sizes of meetings.
  • Roles and responsibilities:
    • The Environmental Operations Division will be responsible for developing and publishing the guide; and
    • All CBSA employees are responsible for carrying out their activities consistent with its guidelines.
  • The guide will be composed of environmental best practices and tools.
  • The CBSA's Environmental Operations Division will review the green meeting guide every three years to evaluate and update as required.
  • The sustainable development champion will launch the guide through a series of communication initiatives and it will be easily accessible on the Agency's sustainable development intranet site.
  • The guide will raise awareness of green meetings and sustainable practices in the workplace, thus reducing the environmental footprint of Agency hosted meetings, in particular, larger meetings and events.
  • Target is on track to be met by March 31, 2012. 

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, the CBSA will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 90 percent of vehicles purchased annually will be right-sized for operational needs and will be the most fuel efficient vehicles in their class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and/or will be alternative fuel vehicles.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of vehicle purchases that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all vehicle purchases in the given year 70%
in 2011–12
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year +10%  

Strategies/Comments

  • The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target is specific to fleet and clearly identifies precise procurement objectives;
    • Measurable: The CBSA vehicle matrix and Automotive Resources International management tool will guide right-sizing purchases of vehicles;
    • Achievable: The national fleet manager will implement the CBSA Fleet Management Framework to ensure the completion of this target;
    • Relevant: By right-sizing the fleet, fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced, offering significant environmental benefit; and
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.


By March 31, 2014, five percent of the CBSA vehicles will be hybrid or ultra-compact.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of vehicles bought in the given fiscal year relative to the total number of all hybrids or ultra-compacts that the CBSA has in its vehicle inventory

3% 
in 2011–12

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year +1%  

Strategies/Comments

  • The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target identifies a clear and quantifiable fleet objective;
    • Measurable: An accurate fleet inventory that tracks the required information will be used to measure target performance;
    • Achievable: Resources and responsibilities for target completion have been identified. The national fleet manager in collaboration with regional fleet managers will determine operational needs and feasibility in purchasing hybrid and/or ultra-compact vehicles;
    • Relevant: By purchasing hybrid and/or ultra-compact vehicles, fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced, offering significant environmental benefit; and
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.


By March 31, 2013, 90 percent of solicitation documentation, including requests for proposal, evaluation criteria and contracts, will incorporate environmental clauses.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of solicitation documents that incorporated environmental clauses relative to the total number of solicitation documents 70%
in 2011–12
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year +10%  

Strategies/Comments

  • The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target precisely defines the type and percentage of solicitation documents that will include environmental clauses;
    • Measurable: Information available from contracting system and various procurement templates will serve to measure performance;
    • Achievable: The national contracting and procurement manager will integrate environmental clauses in appropriate solicitation documents;
    • Relevant: The CBSA contracts a significant amount of goods and services. By including environmental clauses in solicitation documents, the CBSA can ensure the goods and services it contracts are made and/or delivered in an environmentally friendly manner, thus contributing to a sustainable Agency; and
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.


Training for Select Employees

By March 31, 2014, 90 percent of procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders will have successfully completed a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service, or other federal government organization.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of procurement personnel and acquisitions cardholders who have successfully completed training relative to the total number of procurement personnel and acquisitions cardholders 85%
in 2011–12
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year +5%  

Strategies/Comments

  • The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target clearly states who will be required to complete green procurement training, and what types of courses are acceptable;
    • Measurable: Information available from Canada School of Public Service will serve to measure rates of successful course completion;
    • Achievable: A budget has been identified to train procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders on recognized green procurement training courses;
    • Relevant: The CBSA's procurement personnel will be better able to integrate environmental considerations into the goods and services that they procure; and
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management

By March 31, 2013, all procurement and materiel management functional specialists, associated managers and functional heads will have environmental clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of performance evaluations of targeted procurement personnel that have environmental clauses relative to the total of procurement personnel 80%
in 2011–12
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year +10%  

Strategies/Comments

  • The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target precisely identifies the positions that should have environmental clauses incorporated in their performance evaluations;
    • Measurable: The CBSA's Contracting, Assets and Telecommunications Division will track the percentage of performance evaluations with environmental clauses;
    • Achievable: A responsible authority has been identified to ensure that clauses are included in performance evaluations;
    • Relevant: By incorporating environmental clauses into targeted employee performance evaluations, clear accountabilities will enhance green purchasing; and
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.


Management processes and controls

By March 31, 2013, the CBSA Fleet Management Framework will be developed and implemented.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of CBSA Fleet Management Framework No  

Strategies/Comments

  • The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target clearly identifies an output related to a specialized area of procurement;
    • Measurable: Measurement is based on the completion of the target;
    • Achievable: Resources and responsibilities for target completion have been identified. The national fleet manager, in collaboration with other stakeholders, will develop and implement appropriate policy, standards and guidelines to complete the framework;
    • Relevant: The CBSA has a significant vehicle fleet. Having a Fleet Management Framework that marries traditional fleet practices with green procurement principles will ensure that the CBSA's fleet is procured and managed in a manner that contributes to a sustainable Canada; and
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.

Top of Page

Canada Industrial Relations Board



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. In fiscal year 2011–12, the Canada Industrial Relations Board (CIRB) will ensure that it meets all of the requirements of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  2. As part of their 2011–12 training plan, 50% of acquisition cardholders will be invited to take the online Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the CSPS.
  3. The CIRB will maximize the use of PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments.
  4. The CIRB will ensure that all paper purchases have a minimum of 30% recycled content.
  5. The CIRB will encourage employees to double-sided print to reduce paper consumption.
  6. The CIRB is in the process of consolidating its printing devices. Physical fax machines are being removed and faxes are routed to emails. As stand alone networked printers need replacement, multifunctional devices will be used instead. These printer consolidation initiatives will reduce the printing device inventory size, as well as promote a reduction in the amount of paper, ink toner and electricity used.
  7. The CIRB will ensure that surplus electronic and electrical waste will be sent to Computers for Schools to be reused. Components and parts that can not be reused will be properly recycled.
  8. Of note, for the above target areas, the CIRB will develop further implementation strategies, performance measures and scoping criteria, as required.


Notes:

  • 1 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Canada Revenue Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary tables apply to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned/expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target

8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020
Performance Measure
RPP DPR
Target Status
 
 
Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-2021, relative to fiscal year 2005-2006.
17%
 
CRA GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-2006, in kilotonnes of carbon dioxide (CO2) equivalent.
TBD*
 
CRA GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent.
FY 2011-12
10%
 
FY 2012-13
 
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
FY 2014-15
 
 
FY 2015-16
 
 
FY 2016-17
 
 
FY 2017-18
 
 
FY 2018-19
 
 
FY 2019-20
 
 
FY 2020-21
 
 
Percent change in CRA GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year.
FY 2011-12
-1.5%
 
FY 2012-13
 
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
FY 2014-15
 
 
FY 2015-16
 
 
FY 2016-17
 
 
FY 2017-18
 
 
FY 2018-19
 
 
FY 2019-20
 
 
FY 2020-21
 
 
Strategies/Comments
Targeted GHG emissions sources: CRA fleet vehicle emissions only (approximately 95 vehicles).
*Note: The CRA is currently determining its absolute GHG emissions for baseline year 2005-2006. This information will be available by March 31, 2011. Emissions in 2005-2006 are expected to be similar to GHG emissions in 2006-2007 (399 tonnes of CO2 equivalent) as fleet size, composition, and usage was relatively consistent in these two fiscal year periods.
Emissions sources excluded: Emissions from CRA facilities and emissions from other mobile equipment are excluded.
Key components of the CRA implementation plan: The CRA will implement activities to achieve this target and regularly report on progress through the CRA Sustainable Development (SD) Performance Reporting (PR) tool.
The CRA will report its GHG emissions inventories using the Federal GHG Tracking Protocol - a Common Standard for Federal Operations.
CRA Sustainable Development Strategy 2011-2014 National Action Plan activities that contribute to this target:
  • Ensure all vehicles purchased are right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class based on operational requirements (annual)
  • Review and improve the measures to rationalize, rejuvenate and right-size CRA's fleet within the fleet management policy instruments and processes (by 2013)
  • Promote fleet management training initiatives to fleet managers and drivers (by 2012)
  • Planned activities to reduce non-targeted emissions:
  • Promote sustainable business travel options (annual)
  • Introduce/update SD criteria in policy instruments and processes related to business travel during regular review cycles (annual)
  • Promote sustainable travel options (annual)
Key GHG emissions reduction strategies that have been implemented, including any quantified impacts on GHG emissions:
  • Vehicles purchased since 2006 have been either hybrid or alternative fuel capable, where operationally feasible
  • Provided training to fleet managers and drivers: in-house sustainable business travel course
  • Communicated best practices for vehicle operation and management to fleet managers and drivers
  • Promoted anti-idling initiatives Agency-wide
  • Implemented strategies to reduce non-targeted emissions:
Promoted sustainable business travel options to employees
Anticipated or actual increase in emissions, and associated mitigation strategies: There are no anticipated increases in emissions for the CRA.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to ensure that this target is met.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target

8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all CRA-generated EEE (optional in RPP 20112012).
Expected completion FY 2011-12
 
Total number of CRA locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year.
FY 2011-12
10%
 
FY 2012-13
 
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
Strategies/Comments
Definition of a location: A location is considered a facility that is occupied by CRA employees.
Number of CRA facilities: Approximately 135.
Key components of the EEE disposal process: The CRA will establish a national implementation plan for the disposal of all surplus EEE in 2011-2012, implement surplus EEE disposal programs in facilities annually, and establish a methodology to track and report on surplus EEE disposal by March 31, 2013.
Tracking and reporting will be based on key equipment types disposed of through designated streams at all locations that have a fully implemented EEE implementation plan. Reporting will be based on the Agency's specific disposal processes.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will coordinate activities to achieve the target and regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool.
Key activities/activity areas: The CRA will implement surplus EEE implementation plans in facilities beginning in 2011-2012. The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 supports this target and includes an interim target of having 50% of CRA facilities with an EEE implementation plan fully implemented by March 31, 2013. The surplus EEE national implementation plan will consider the required elements outlined in the Federal SD Strategy Guideline for Target 8.6 Putting into Action an Implementation plan for the Disposal of Federal Electronic and Electrical Equipment. The CRA surplus EEE national implementation plan will be posted on the CRA internal Web site.
Security considerations: The CRA will apply appropriate handling and disposal security protocols to ensure that all applicable CRA security requirements are addressed prior to disposal.
Processes to track EEE directed to each disposal mechanism: The CRA will establish a national implementation plan which will track EEE disposal based on the Agency's specific disposal processes.
Reporting requirements: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
Mechanisms to evaluate plan effectiveness (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will determine the effectiveness of the plan through an annual monitoring and evaluation process.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to ensure that this target is met.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communications: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met.
Plans/strategies for intradepartmental engagement: The CRA will liaise with the Office of Greening Government Operations, Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC), as required, to ensure surplus EEE disposal plans and reporting requirements are in line with the government-wide approach.
Tools and resources: The Federal SD Strategy Guideline for Target 8.6 Putting into Action an Implementation Plan for the Disposal of Federal Electronic and Electrical Equipment will be used as a resource for developing and implementing EEE implementation plans.
The CRA will report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
The CRA internal Web site will be used to house tools and resources to support activities related to this target.
Streams used for reusing or recycling EEE: Key components of the EEE disposal process may include the following:
Dispose of electronic and electrical equipment in a way that maximizes re-use, where possible, through:
donation to Computers for Schools
resale through Crown Assets Distribution
transfer or donation to other departments and agencies or other qualifying charitable or non-profit organizations
other means as identified in the CRA donation procedures
Recycle surplus EEE in an environmentally sustainable manner
Recycle through provincial e-waste recycling programs, if applicable
Recycle through a CRA approved recycler
Relationship between Agency asset management system and EEE implementation plan: Given that the implementation plan has not been established, the links between the Agency asset management system and the EEE implementation plan have not been identified.

Printing Unit Reduction Target

8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Ratio of CRA office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow (optional in RPP 2011-2012).
N/A
 
Ratio of CRA office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
FY 2011-12
4.1
 
FY 2012-13
 
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
Strategies/Comments
Printing units include: Desktop printers, networked printers, and multifunctional devices.
Scope of target: To streamline reporting and simplify tracking of this target, CRA has scoped in all buildings, space configurations and employees to achieve an average ratio of 8:1 employees to printing units. While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy, security, and space considerations, on average, the CRA will meet this target for all employees.
Method used for determining number of printing units: CRA's information technology (IT) equipment tracking system will be used to track the number of printing units.
Method used for determining number of office employees: The CRA tracks and annually publishes Agency employee demographics. This data will be used to measure performance against this target.
Any other exclusion to the target (duty to accommodate, business contingency planning, etc.): The CRA is in the process of determining what categories will be excluded from the target and will provide an appropriate rationale.
Process/reporting requirements to track the average ratio of office employees to printing units: The CRA SD Strategy 20112014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will coordinate activities to achieve the target and regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to ensure that this target is met.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communications: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met.

Paper Consumption Target

8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per full-time equivalent (FTE) in 2005-2006, as per CRA scope (optional in RPP 2011-2012).
6,407 (2005-06)
 
Cumulative reduction in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to 2005-2006 (optional in RPP 2011-2012).
FY 2011-12
24%
 
FY 2012-13
 
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
Strategies/Comments
Scope of target: Multi-purpose office paper used for internal operations.
Definition of employee: Employee is defined as a FTE employee. FTE data is based on the total number of hours worked by CRA employees and a standard work schedule.
Method used for determining paper consumption: Paper consumption is based on the quantity of multi-purpose office paper purchased. It is mandatory that all Agency multi-purpose office paper be purchased through Synergy, the Agency's on-line procurement tool. Paper purchases are broken down by branch and region, paper type, and quantity.
Method used for determining number of office employees: The CRA tracks FTE employee data. This data will be used to measure performance against this target.
Processes/reporting requirements to track the reduction of paper consumption: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The CRA SD Centre of Expertise, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will coordinate activities to achieve the target and regularly report on Agency-level progress through the CRA SD PR tool. Branches and regions will also be required to implement activities and report on achievements at the branch/regional level.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will prepare an annual paper consumption report to assess performance against this target and liaise regularly with branches and regions to implement paper reduction initiatives to ensure continuous improvement.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met

Green Meetings Target

8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Presence of a green meeting guide (optional in RPP 2011-2012).
Expected completion FY 2011‑12
 
Strategies/Comments
Definition of adoption within the green meeting guide: The Environment Canada Green Meeting Guide will be used as a reference for developing the CRA Green Office and Meeting Guide. In order to be adopted, the CRA Guide will require senior management approval. It will subsequently be distributed and promoted throughout the Agency, and posted on the National SD Web site.
Scope of target (e.g., size and type of meetings to which the Guide is applicable): The Guide will be applicable to all sizes and types of meetings.
Process/reporting requirements to track the use of the Green Meeting Guide: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
Evidence that the Guide has been adopted: Data such as Web site hits, the number of communications sent out, and survey results will be used to show the extent that the Guide has been adopted throughout the Agency.
Roles and responsibilities: The SD Centre of Expertise, Finance and Administration Branch, will lead this initiative and will develop, disseminate, and report on the adoption of the Guide at the national level. Branches and regions will be responsible for greening meetings and monitoring the use of the Guide at the branch/regional level.
Key components of the Guide: The Guide will include relevant sections on: planning green meetings, information sharing, and measuring the environmental benefits of green meetings (e.g., paper reduction, waste reduction, reduced transportation, energy reduction, green accommodations, and green procurement).
Opportunities for continuous improvement: One of the challenges the CRA will face is the difficulty in defining and measuring the "adoption" of the Guide. The Guide will be available on the National SD Web site and will be disseminated and promoted through the Agency. As the lead, the SD Centre of Expertise will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to ensure that this target is met.
Mechanisms to evaluate the effectiveness of the Guide (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The effectiveness of the Guide will be evaluated by obtaining feedback from the branches and regions and employee surveys.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met. The Guide will be disseminated throughout the Agency, promoted on the National SD Web site and communicated through other targeted means (e.g., promoted during national SD events).

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

First green procurement target: As of April 1, 2011, the CRA will include SD clauses and environmental specifications in all new contractual arrangements valued over $1M.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Percentage of contractual arrangements valued over $1M with SD clauses and environmental specifications.
N/A (2010‑11)
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
100% (2011-12)
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self-Selected Target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Refers to all CRA contractual arrangements over $1M
  2. Measurable: Information available from CRA procurement and financial systems
  3. Achievable: CRA supports the integration of SD clauses and environmental specifications into contractual arrangements and will provide adequate resources to achieve this target
  4. Relevant: SD clauses and environmental specifications in all new contractual arrangements valued over $1M will contribute directly to the Agency's commitments to support green procurement
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: This target applies to all CRA contractual arrangements over $1M.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target and regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool. The SD Centre of Expertise will play a key role in providing appropriate SD clauses and environmental specifications for inclusion in contractual arrangements.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities to improve the number and quality/value of the SD clauses and environmental specifications as the green procurement program matures.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met.
Second green procurement target: By March 31, 2014, 10% of CRA spending on products and services will be green procurement.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Percentage of contractual arrangements valued over $1M with SD clauses and environmental specifications.
N/A (2010‑11)
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
6% (2011‑12)
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Refers to CRA total spending for goods and services
  2. Measurable: Information available from CRA financial systems
  3. Achievable: The CRA is committed to green procurement, when feasible, and this target was determined to be achievable based on previous annual green procurement achievements for green products
  4. Relevant: This target and related activities will support the CRA green procurement program and contribute directly to CRA commitments to integrate environmental considerations into CRA procurement processes
  5. Time-bound: Dates established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: All procurement spending as identified through CRA procurement and financial systems.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi‑annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target and regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool. The SD Centre of Expertise will play a key role in identifying green procurement within the CRA financial systems.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will promote the purchasing of green products and services throughout the Agency and build capacity for including and measuring green products and services. The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out in order to continually increase the level of green procurement.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met.
Third green procurement target: As of April 1, 2011 the CRA will ensure all vehicles purchased are right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class based on operational requirements.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Percentage of right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class vehicles purchased.
N/A (2010‑11)
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
100%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Refers to all CRA vehicle purchases
  2. Measurable: Information is available and can be tracked
  3. Achievable: Previous commitments and achievements in this area and supporting policy instruments indicate that this target is achievable
  4. Relevant: Ensuring right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class vehicles will support the CRA commitment to green procurement and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) from fleet vehicles
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: All CRA vehicle purchases.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target and regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will ensure the purchase of right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class vehicles throughout the Agency. The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to reduce the environmental impacts of its vehicle operations.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met.
Estimated environmental benefits incurred from achieving this target: Annual change in GHG emissions will be measured and reported annually.
8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Percentage of procurement officers with procurement authority that have received green procurement training.
N/A (2010‑11)
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
100%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Refers to all CRA procurement officers with procurement authority
  2. Measurable: Information is available from CRA training and learning tracking systems
  3. Achievable: Green procurement training is a requirement for obtaining procurement authority and the Canada School of Public Service offers an appropriate on-line course (C215) at no cost to the Agency through Campus Direct
  4. Relevant: Ensuring procurement officers with procurement authority are trained in green procurement will contribute directly to CRA commitments to integrate environmental considerations into CRA procurement
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: Applies to all procurement officers with procurement authority.
Targeted training: The Canada School of Public Service on-line green procurement course C215.
Methodology for designating/identifying employees: This target will apply to all procurement officers with procurement authority throughout the CRA.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi‑annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target and regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement in order to ensure that all procurement officers with procurement authority are trained in green procurement and apply green procurement principles in their jobs.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met.
Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management: As of April 1, 2011, the CRA will include environmental measures in the performance agreements of all managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Percentage of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management that include environmental measures in their performance agreements.
N/A (2010‑11)
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
100%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Refers to all CRA managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management
  2. Measurable: Information is available from CRA human resources tracking systems
  3. Achievable: CRA supports this initiative and will ensure functional heads of procurement and material management continue to include environmental measures in their performance evaluations
  4. Relevant: Ensuring managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management with environmental measures in their performance agreements will contribute directly to the Agency's commitments to integrate environmental considerations into CRA procurement processes
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: All CRA functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
The methodology for designating/identifying employees: This target will apply to all CRA employees that are managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. This includes directors general, directors and managers within the Administration Directorate as well as other employees identified as procurement and/or material management functional heads.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target and regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement in order to ensure that all managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management include meaningful environmental measures in their performance agreements.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met.
Management processes and controls: By March 31, 2014, the CRA will ensure 75% of procurement management processes and controls include environmental considerations.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
Percentage of procurement management processes and controls that include environmental considerations.
N/A (2010‑11)
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
25%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Target includes a firm percentage to be obtained and specifically addresses management processes and controls outlined in the PWGSC Guideline
  2. Measurable: Assessment will be done against baseline list of all formalized management processes and controls as outlined in the PWGSC Guideline
  3. Achievable: The CRA supports integrating environmental considerations into CRA procurement and will direct resources to meet this target
  4. Relevant: Ensuring 75% of procurement management processes and controls include environmental considerations will contribute directly to CRA commitments to green procurement
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: All applicable CRA processes and controls identified in Annex D of the PWGSC Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline for Target 8.11: Setting Green Procurement Management Framework Targets.
Methodology for designating/identifying processes and controls: Annex D of the PWGSC Guideline will serve as the baseline for the total number and the nature of processes and controls targeted. All CRA relevant processes and controls will be included in the scope of this target.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to establish, monitor, and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target and regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement/communication: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement in order to ensure that all processes and controls include meaningful and effective environmental considerations.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA is developing a communications strategy for the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014, which includes the Federal SD Strategy targets. This plan will outline the engagement and communication tools to be used to ensure targets are met.
Top of Page

Canada School of Public Service



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Part A: Green Procurement Capacity Building

Activity 2009-10
Level
as %
2011-12
Target
as %
Description/
Comments
1a. Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff 100 100 All Procurement staff have been trained on Green Procurement through Campus Direct and will continue to apply the principles of green procurement in contracting activities for CSPS.
1b. Training for Acquisition Cardholders 100 100 During 09/10, the SAP/Contracting course, which is mandatory for all acquisition cardholders, was updated to reflect green procurement considerations.
2. Performance Evaluations 0 100 Recommendations will be made to include Green Procurement into performance evaluations for all purchasing at CSPS.
3. Procurement Processes and Controls 100 100 Contracting Staff encourage the use of electronic RFP/RFQ's and electronic bid responses from suppliers when possible in order to cut down on paper consumption.

Part B: Use of Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments

Good/
Sevice
2009-10
Level as
2011-12
Target
as %
Description/
Comments
$ %
Paper 104,690 100 100 CSPS continues to enter the amount spent on paper purchases in SAP for future records.
Binders 107,985 100 100 CSPS continues to enter the amount spent on paper purchases in SAP for future records.

Part C: Reduction Initiatives for Specific Goods (Optional/Where Applicable)

Consumable/
Asset
2009-10
Level as Ratio
# Per FTE
2011-12
Target
Description/
Comments
N/A N/A N/A CSPS purchases many Green consumables that are used by CSPS’s clients and not by FTE, the ratio per FTE would not be accurate.

Top of Page

Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

As a micro-agency of 10 FTEs (and actual strength of 7 FTEs), the Tribunal does very little procurement. It has no stand-alone building facilities and no vehicles, its IT hardware and IT services are provided under contract by the Public Service Labour Relations Board, and it uses limited office equipment and supplies (e.g., it has one photocopier/printer/fax machine for the entire organization). Nonetheless, the Tribunal will ensure that its procurement practices are consistent with the Policy on Green Procurement, and it will take steps over the 2011-2012 planning period to solidify its commitment to greening government operations.

  1. Approach: The Tribunal’s Manager of Corporate Services has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.

  2. Management processes and controls: The Tribunal’s management will work to ensure that all procurement decisions are consistent with the Policy on Green Procurement. Specifically, management will analyze procurement relative to electrical and electronic equipment, printing, paper consumption, and meetings, identify environmental risks, and develop, in consultation with PWGSC, measures to mitigate the risks.

  3. Setting targets: Tribunal management, with the assistance of PWGSC as necessary, will set appropriate targets where necessary to mitigate risks. We expect to be able to set targets for disposal of surplus electrical and electronic equipment, paper consumption, and, possibly, green meetings.

  4. Training: At least one Tribunal staff member will complete the Canada School of the Public Service on-line course on green procurement in 2011-2012.

  5. Performance evaluations: Objectives related to implementation of the Policy will be included in the performance management agreements of staff responsible for procurement.



Notes:

  • 1 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

 

Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency:
Green Procurement Targets

SMART Green Procurement Targets

As of April 1, 2011, the Agency will establish three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


1. By fiscal 2012-2013, the Agency will reduce the dollar value per employee spent on office supplies.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
$40K (2009-2010) for 255 employees ($157/empl.) 5%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. $149/empl.  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the Office of Greening Government Operations (OGGO).
  2. Measurable: Information is easily retrievable from our financial system to assess progress.
  3. Achievable: The Agency is committed to sustainable development.
  4. Relevant: Office supplies are among the Agency's most common acquisition actions because we have very limited procurement requirements.
  5. Time-bound: Communications to engage management will start as of 2011-2012 for a reduction target date of 2012-2013.

Other Considerations

  1. Scope: Agency-wide office supplies
  2. Processes/Reporting Requirements: Financial system
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: Supported by the Agency's Senior Management with Director, Finance and Administration leading
  4. Plans for Engagement: Ongoing communication to all staff with the participation of the organization's Green Team, which is supported by senior management
  5. Estimated Benefits: Reduced waste, increased reuse and recycling


2. Maintain or exceed the use of consolidated green procurement instruments provided by PWGSC's acquisitions branch for 95% of IT hardware equipment purchases.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Total volume of IT hardware acquisitions against volume of green vehicles utilized 95%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the OGGO.
  2. Measurable: Information is easily retrievable from our financial system to assess progress.
  3. Achievable: Acquisitions of IT hardware are managed by only one cost-centre manager.
  4. Relevant: IT hardware equipment is assessed to be the highest dollar value and most routinely procured item for the Agency.
  5. Time-bound: Ongoing

Other Considerations

  1. Scope: All IT hardware
  2. Processes/Reporting Requirements: Financial system
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: Manager, IM Services leading
  4. Plans for Engagement: Maintain collaboration with IT service provider for participation in Request for Volume Discount acquisition vehicle
  5. Estimated Benefits: Longer life cycle of goods and reduced waste


3. By fiscal 2012-2013, 95% of faxes, scanners, copiers and printers will have environmental features.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Total number of units possessing environmental features (24) against total number of units (36) 67%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the OGGO.
  2. Measurable: Rental of multifunction units is managed centrally.
  3. Achievable: The target is departmental-policy driven.
  4. Relevant: This smart target is aligned with the "Minimizing the environmental footprint of government operations" initiative.
  5. Time-bound: The transition will take place over fiscal 2011-2012 and 2012-2013.

Other Considerations

  1. Scope: All faxes, scanners, copiers and printers Agency-wide
  2. Processes/Reporting Requirements: Financial system
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: Director, Finance and Administration leading
  4. Plans for Engagement: Maintain collaboration with IT service provider for participation in Request for Volume Discount acquisition vehicle
  5. Estimated Benefits: Reduced waste, and energy efficiency/conservation

 

SMART Targets for Training

As of April 1, 2011, the Agency will establish SMART targets for training as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for select employees.

Ensure green procurement training for 95% of functional specialist and acquisition cardholders by 2013.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Combined total of functional specialists and acquisition cardholders (29) against total of those who have received Green procurement training to date (1). 3.45%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Obtain training for 95% of targeted employees.
  2. Measurable: Procurement functions and issuance of acquisition cards are centralized and easily tracked.
  3. Achievable: Integrate target into Green Procurement Plan as required.
  4. Relevant: Increase awareness for greater results.
  5. Time-bound: The transition period will take place over fiscal 2011-2012 and 2012-2013 and continue on an ongoing basis driven by employee turnover.

Other Considerations

  1. Roles and Responsibilities: Director, Finance and Administration leading
  2. Plans for Engagement: Will be included in all training plans for functional specialists, and in the protocol to obtain an acquisition card
  3. Estimated Benefits: Employee awareness towards potential environmental impact of acquisitions (either goods or services), and/or the purchasing mechanism used

 

SMART Targets for Employee Performance Evaluations

As of April 1, 2011, the Agency will establish SMART targets for employee performance evaluations as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2012, 100% of functional heads and manager of procurement and material management will have environmental consideration integrated into their performance evaluation
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions (2) to date (2010) that have integrated environmental considerations relative to the total number of identified positions. 0%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Achieve integration into performance evaluations for 100% of identified positions.
  2. Measurable: A limited number of positions are to be measured.
  3. Achievable: Target is established in the Departmental Green Procurement Plan.
  4. Relevant: Increase awareness for greater results.
  5. Time-bound: Evaluation will begin in 2011-2012 and be ongoing.

Other Considerations

  1. Roles and Responsibilities: Director, Finance and Administration leading
  2. Plans for Engagement: Part of Green Procurement Plan, supported by senior management to make it mandatory
  3. Estimated Benefits: Increased awareness and environmental consciousness

 

SMART Targets for Management Processes and Controls

As of April 1, 2011, the Agency will establish SMART targets for management processes and controls as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Management processes and controls.

Establishment of Departmental Green Procurement Plan by 2013-2014
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Total number of green mechanisms currently in place relative to those required by completion date. 0%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Acquire tools to provide framework to achieve the objectives of the "Minimizing the environmental footprint of government operations" initiative.
  2. Measurable: Target will be measured based on current number of mechanisms in place against those to be developed.
  3. Achievable: The Agency has a small centralized procurement unit.
  4. Relevant: Provides framework to achieve the objectives of the "Minimizing the environmental footprint of government operations" initiative.
  5. Time-bound: Dates are established for target implementation and completion.

Other Considerations

  1. Roles and Responsibilities: Director, Finance and Administration leading
  2. Plans for Engagement: Support from senior management will enable sustainability of framework

Top of Page

Canadian Food Inspection Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Building Targets

Green Building Targets
8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) TBD  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) TBD  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) NO  

Strategies / Comments

Although the CFIA is not legally bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA), the organization is committed to adhering with the intent of the Act wherever feasible. In this context:

  • The CFIA is currently undertaking the development of departmental strategic frameworks to facilitate the inclusion an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance considerations in Agency real property projects.

 
8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) TBD  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) TBD  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) NO  

Strategies / Comments

Although the CFIA is not legally bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA), the organization is committed to adhering with the intent of the Act wherever feasible. In this context:

  • The CFIA anticipates the completion of assessments of existing custodial buildings over 1000 m2, following the development of departmental strategic frameworks noted in Target 8.1.

 
8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  • At this time it is not feasible for the CFIA to participate in Target 8.3

 
8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) TBD  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) TBD  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) NO  

Strategies / Comments

Although the CFIA is not legally bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA), the organization is committed to adhering with the intent of the Act wherever feasible. In this context:

  • The CFIA is undertaking the development of the applicable departmental strategic frameworks (see Target 8.1) and will utilize the frameworks to inform real property fit-up and refit projects.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target
8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 13% Reduction by 2020-211  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 6.4 Kt CO2e  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 TBD2  
FY 2012-13 TBD  
FY 2013-14 TBD  
FY 2014-15 TBD  
FY 2015-16 TBD  
FY 2016-17 TBD  
FY 2017-18 TBD  
FY 2018-19 TBD  
FY 2019-20 TBD  
FY 2020-21 TBD  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 TBD2  
FY 2012-13 TBD  
FY 2013-14 TBD  
FY 2014-15 TBD  
FY 2015-16 TBD  
FY 2016-17 TBD  
FY 2017-18 TBD  
FY 2018-19 TBD  
FY 2019-20 TBD  
FY 2020-21 TBD  

Strategies / Comments

Although the CFIA is not legally bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA), the organization is committed to adhering with the intent of the Act wherever feasible. In this context the CFIA will undertake fleet based GHG reduction initiatives wherever possible within the mandate and operating context of the organization.

  • CFIA GHG emission targets are identified for fleet only.
  • The CFIA is undertaking the development and implementation of a Ground Transportation Management Strategy which will contribute to the development of detailed and specific GHG emissions strategies for fleet.

1 The predicted 13% reduction in fleet based GHG emissions has been based on current PWGSC and CFIA assumptions relating to future fuel efficiency, predicted variance in value between conventional and hybrid vehicles, projected fleet replacement requirements and practices.

2 A CFIA Ground Transportation Management Strategy has been initiated that will inform the projected GHG emission target for fiscal year 2011-2012.


Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target
8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) No  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 TBD  
FY 2012-13 TBD  
FY 2013-14 TBD  

Strategies / Comments

  • At this time all CFIA locations have been informed of the requirement to follow e-waste processes.
  • The CFIA is currently developing compliance instruments to specify the disposal requirements and processes for electronic waste. The disposal processes will include consideration of the following disposal mechanisms: Computers for Schools, Crown Assets Distribution, transfer/donation to other departments, provincial e-waste programs, Departmental Individual Standing Offer, etc.
  • An educational element will be incorporated into the tools and templates associated with e-waste disposal.
  • A transition plan will be developed for the implementation of environmentally sound e-waste disposal mechanisms at CFIA locations, and this will be used as the basis to set annual targets for implementation.
  • Implementation of a communications strategy will be critical in support of effective implementation.

Printing Unit Reduction Target
8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) TBD  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 TBD  
FY 2012-13 TBD  
FY 2013-14 TBD  

Strategies / Comments

  • Print Units have been defined as: desktop printers, network printers, multifunctional devices, and photocopiers.
  • The CFIA will undertake a targeted strategy for reduction of the print unit per office employee ratio based on a 2010-2011 baseline. An element of this targeted strategy will include potential amendments to purchasing, accommodations and/or IM/IT practices and procedures.
  • The CFIA strategy will target an over-all Agency 1:8 print units per office employee ratio. However individual buildings or work units may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy and/or security considerations.
  • In the short term, a variety of methods are to be utilized to set the print unit baseline including asset tracking and physical inventories. This will be followed by a longer term strategy for tracking print unit information which will support an annual reporting capacity for the organization.
  • Implementation of a communications strategy will be critical in support of effective implementation.

Paper Consumption Target
8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) TBD  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) FY 2011-12 TBD  
FY 2012-13 TBD  
FY 2013-14 TBD  

Strategies / Comments

Although the CFIA is not legally bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA), the organization is committed to adhering with the intent of the Act wherever feasible. In this context:

  • The CFIA anticipates the scope of the paper consumption reduction initiative to include all Agency employees instead of just office employees.
  • The CFIA intends to develop strategies to target high paper consumption functions as a primary area of focus, and to develop strong communications plans to educate all employees regarding the environmental considerations associated with paper consumption including recommended printing practices.
  • A focus will be placed on the development of mechanisms to facilitate tracking of paper consumption / purchase.

Green Meetings Target
8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) NO  

Strategies / Comments

  • A CFIA-specific green meeting guideline will be developed in order to inform and guide CFIA meeting practices. This guide will be developed by the National Environmental Management Office in consultation with key partners throughout the Agency. The CFIA guideline will build on best practices identified in other Departments, Agencies and organizations and align these best practices to the needs of the Agency.
  • A strong implementation and communication strategy will be critical in support of effective implementation of the green meeting guideline once developed.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


TBC – The CFIA will establish 3 SMART green procurement targets before April 1, 2010. (at the time of the RPP data collection the 3 SMART targets have not been fully established and validated)
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
(The applicable Performance Measures are unavailable at the time of RPP data collection) N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. TBD  

Strategies / Comments

Although the CFIA is not legally bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA), the organization is committed to adhering with the intent of the Act wherever feasible. In this context:

  • Prior to April 1, 2011 the CFIA will identify and validate 3 SMART green procurement targets, and develop appropriate performance measures in support of the Targets.
  • Identification of SMART green procurement targets will be based on volume, value and implementation feasibility.
  • Tracking mechanisms will be developed in support of each of the identified SMART green procurement targets.
  • A strong implementation and communication strategy will be critical in support of the effective implementation of these targets.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

Training for select employees
100% of new material managers, procurement personnel and acquisition card holders will complete the online course on Green Procurement provided by the CSPS.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
% of material managers, procurement personnel and acquisition card holders who have completed the on-line course on green procurement by March 31st each year. TBD  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. TBD  

Strategies / Comments

  • As of March 31, 2009 all existing Material managers and procurement personnel had completed the online course on Green procurement. Ongoing monitoring will occur to ensure all new employees in these areas complete the required training.
  • As of April 1, 2011 a new Standard on the Use of Acquisition Cards will require all acquisition card holders to complete the online course on Green Procurement and will require all new acquisition card holders to complete the training prior to receipt of the acquisition card.
  • The CFIA Procurement and Contracting Policy also requires competitive requests for proposals to include, where applicable, environmental sustainability criteria.
  • The CFIA will continue to provide procurement training sessions throughout the year to program managers, and these sessions include information sharing and encouragement to consider Green procurement in their procurement requests.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

TBC – The CFIA will establish green procurement performance evaluation targets before April 1, 2010. (at the time of RPP data collection the performance evaluation targets have not been established and validated)

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Performance Measure TBC TBD  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. TBD  

Strategies / Comments

  • Data not available at the time of 2011-2012 RPP drafting


Management processes and controls.

TBC – The CFIA will establish green procurement management processes and controls before April 1, 2010. (at the time of RPP data collection the management processes and control targets have not been established and validated)

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Performance Measure TBC TBD  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. TBD  

Strategies / Comments

  • Data not available at the time of 2011-2012 RPP drafting

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits

Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  • The CFIA has not identified any plans to purchase greenhouse gas emissions offset credits at this time.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)    

Strategies / Comments

CFIA is presently researching its green procurement data for the last two fiscal years to serve as a comparison with the current fiscal year and future years. This is intended to support progress monitoring in this area and institution of remedial measures as necessary.

A comprehensive listing of all PWGSC's certified green suppliers, per commodity group is being developed by the CFIA. This list will be communicated to all Agency procurement specialists, acquisition card holders and responsibility centre managers in order to promote its use in their purchasing of goods and services.

Top of Page

Canadian Forces Grievance Board



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The manager Financial and Administrative services has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy in Green Procurement.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: All procurement over $500 at CFGB is to be approved by the procurement committee. In fiscal year 2011-12, the term of reference of the committee will be reviewed to add environmental considerations in the decision making of the committee. Furthermore, for service transactions the contract preparation form will be updated to include environmental considerations to track green procurement. CFGB continues to support the protection of the environment by having network printers set to duplex by default, by using the RDIMS to classify documents electronically therefore reducing the usage of paper and by reducing travel by using videoconferencing equipment to hold meetings with members outside NCR.
  3. Setting Targets: The CFGB purchases primarily involve office supplies, office furniture and IT equipment. These purchases will continue to be made through the use of PWGSC Standing Offer on products and services that provide best prices, better quality and a green procurement guarantee (e.g. recycled material, environmental performance)
  4. Meeting Targets: Target will be tracked in 2011-12 and reported in the DPR.
  5. Training: CFGB will require for fiscal year 2011-12 that existing functional specialists (1) and credit card holders (3) take the CSPS Course C215 by the end of fiscal year. The department will also require that all new functional specialist or credit card holders take the course within three months of being hired.
  6. Performance evaluation: In fiscal year 2011-12 the manager of Finance and Administrative Services and the functional specialist will have an objective included in their performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.
Top of Page

Canadian Grain Commission



Greening Government Operations

Overview

The Greening Government Operations supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional) Status will assessed in the 2011-12 DPR

Targets and Strategies

  1. Approach: Investigating and incorporating opportunities for green procurement continues to be an ongoing process at the CGC. The CGC’s Chief Financial Officer is responsible for addressing all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: The CGC follows the procurement process established by Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC). Internal strategies for green procurement related to printers and printer maintenance, asset management, and green procurement training were adopted in April, 2010.
  3. Setting Targets: The CGC’s green procurement targets are consistent with the overall objectives of value for money in procurement. The following targets have been established:
    1. Reduce the total number of printers by April, 2015 to increase the ratio of printers to FTEs from 1:1.5 to 1:5
    2. Replace obsolete printers with duplex printers (currently of the 420 printers, 104 are duplex)
    3. Achieve a 2% reduction in paper usage by making double sided printing mandatory at CGC Headquarters
  4. Meeting Targets: To be assessed in the 2011-12 DPR
  5. Training: All existing CGC functional specialist staff will take CSPS Course C215 or be provided with in-house training/information sessions by the end of the fiscal year. All new functional specialist staff will take CSPS Course C215 or be provided with in-house training/information sessions within three months of being hired.
  6. Performance Evaluation: The Head, Procurement, Contracting, and Materiel Management has an objective included in his performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.


Notes:

  • 1 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act can follow the approach required of Federal Sustainable Development Act departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Canadian Heritage



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

For guidelines on how to complete the GGO supplementary table, please refer to the Public Works and Government Services Canada Publiservice site: http://publiservice.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca/greening/text/strategie-strategy-e.html

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

More information on the Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy of Canadian Heritage is available on line at: http://www.pch.gc.ca/pc-ch/publctn/mindep-eng.cfm

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
N/A  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework.
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. 
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
No, expected completion date March 2012.  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage is not named as a Green Building department in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy (FSDS). However, as of April 1, 2011, Canadian Heritage will directly operate two buildings of the Canadian Conservation Institute2. Therefore, Canadian Heritage commits to developing a strategy framework in fiscal year 2011-12 for the green building targets. This strategic framework will address all of the mandatory implementation strategies as listed for this target in the FSDS.



8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) No, expected completion date March 2012.  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage is not named as a Green Building department in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy (FSDS). However, as of April 1, 2011, Canadian Heritage will directly operate two buildings of the Canadian Conservation Institute. Therefore, Canadian Heritage commits to developing a strategy framework in fiscal year 2011-12 for the green building targets. This strategic framework will address all of the mandatory implementation strategies as listed for this target in the FSDS.



8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
N/A  
Existence of strategic framework.
 (Optional in RPP 2011-12)
No, expected completion date March 2012.  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage is not named as a Green Building department in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy (FSDS). However, as of April 1, 2011, Canadian Heritage will directly operate two buildings of the Canadian Conservation Institute. Therefore, Canadian Heritage commits to developing a strategy framework in fiscal year 2011-12 for the green building targets. This strategic framework will address all of the mandatory implementation strategies as listed for this target in the FSDS.



8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance5.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
N/A  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. 
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
No, expected completion date:  March 2012.  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage is not named as a Green Building department in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy (FSDS). However, as of April 1, 2011, Canadian Heritage will directly operate two buildings of the Canadian Conservation Institute. Therefore, Canadian Heritage commits to developing a strategy framework in fiscal year 2011-12 for the green building targets. This strategic framework will address all of the mandatory implementation strategies as listed for this target in the FSDS.


Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06.    
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent.    
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-06 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21    

Strategies / Comments

Not applicable.  


Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. 
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as an assessment of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 1/6  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  • Definition of Location: Region
  • Number of Locations with Canadian Heritage:
    • Canadian Heritage operates in 6 Regions in Canada:
      1. Western Region (British Columbia, Alberta, Yukon);
      2. Prairies and Northern Region (Saskatchewan, Manitoba, North West Territories, Nunavut);
      3. Ontario Region;
      4. Québec Region;
      5. Atlantic Region;
      6. National Capital Region.
    • Approximately 80% of all Canadian Heritage employees are based in the National Capital Region.
  • Implementation Strategies:
    • In the National Capital Region, surplus EEE is centrally controlled by Contracting and Materiel Management Directorate (CMMD). Disposal takes place in accordance with the Treasury Board Secretariat’s Directive on Disposal of Surplus Materiel requirements and practices. 
    • An assessment of current regional practices and funding implications will be conducted to determine a process for rolling out the implementation plan to the regions. All regions will have fully implemented the EEE implementation plan by March 31, 2014.

Roles, Responsibilities and Key Activity Areas:

  • Responsibility Centre Managers are responsible for the management of assets. Once an asset is no longer required, they are responsible for identifying the asset as surplus and for informing the proper functional areas (e.g. CMMD, Facilities Management, Knowledge, Information and Technology Services (KITS), etc.).
  • CMMD manages the warehousing and storage functions associated with surplus EEE and oversees proper surplus EEE disposal, once the necessary verifications have been done by other potential stakeholders (e.g. KITS), using the appropriate disposal mechanism (Computers for Schools Program, Crown Assets Disposal, E-Waste Recycling DISO or Provincial Program, etc.).

Mechanisms to Evaluate Plan Effectiveness:

  • Canadian Heritage will rely on internal reports that will be generated through its Internal Financial Management System (SAP), as well as disposal records to evaluate the effectiveness of its EEE disposal activities.

Plans/Strategies for Intradepartmental Engagement:

  • The Federal Sustainable Development Strategy and the overall disposal strategies will be communicated to managers through the use of e-mail notifications.
  • Senior Managers will be made aware of the departmental position, action plan and practices.
  • Facilities Management and KITS will be involved in the disposal of surplus assets for which they have some responsibilities.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A   
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12  N/A*  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  • *In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will define what constitutes a printing unit (e.g., desktop printers, networked printers, multi-functional devices, etc.), additional scoping requirements (e.g., security considerations), methodology for tracking printing units (to develop an inventory of printing units) and methodology for defining office employees.
  • Criteria for exclusions will be determined and all requests for exclusions will be evaluated individually to determine validity.
  • Regional offices will be engaged and requested to share regional data.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-06 and 2011-12, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope.
 (Optional in RPP 2011-12)
 N/A  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. 
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
FY 2011-12  N/A*  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  • *In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will determine a baseline year for this target, scoping requirements, methodology for tracking paper purchases and methodology for defining office employees.
  • E-mail notifications will be developed to create awareness of employees regarding paper reduction practices. 
  • Employees will be encouraged, through e-mail notifications, to be creative in the use of alternative tools and work arrangements in order to support a reduction in the consummation of paper.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Presence of a green meeting guide. 
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
 No, will be developed by March 31, 2012.  

Strategies / Comments

  • Green Meeting Guide developed, implemented along with a change in organizational culture (facilitated through training, education, communication and policy direction) that embraces green meetings. Change should be marked by a reduction in our carbon footprint and environmental impact, a reduction in departmental travel expenditures, an improvement in employee work/life balance and productivity.
  • Some specific intended results are:
    • a reduction in departmental paper consumption;
    • a reduction in departmental travel expenditures;
    • an increase in the number of and usage of corporate tele- and video-conferencing facilities;
    • percentage of meetings held using the Green Meeting Guide as their planning foundation.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts

8.10.1 By March 31, 2014, 80% of furniture purchases will be through PWGSC Green Standing Offers.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Percentage of furniture purchased through PWGSC green standing offers, relative to all furniture purchases in the given fiscal year. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

  • Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:
    • Specific: This target applies to a specific percentage of departmental furniture purchases.
    • Measurable: The source of purchase, in comparison to the total volume of purchases will be used to determine success rate. Information to track this progress against this target is / will be available from the SAP system.
    • Achievable: Consolidation of requirements and information sharing to increase awareness will be used to guide the department in meeting its target.
    • Relevant: Furniture is among the top spend categories for the department.
    • Time bound: Target must be complete by March 31, 2014.
  • Implementation Strategy:
    • * In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will develop an implementation plan, roles and responsibilities, etc., to ensure achievement of this target.


8.10.2 By March 31, 2014, 80% of IT Hardware purchases will have at least one environmental attribute (e.g., energy star).
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Percentage of IT hardware purchases that have at least one environmental attribute, relative to all IT hardware purchases in the given fiscal year. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

  • Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:
    • Specific: This target applies to a specific percentage of departmental IT hardware purchases.
    • Measurable: The source of purchase and product specifications will be used to determine the success rate. Information to track this progress against this target is available from the SAP system.
    • Achievable: Consolidation of requirements and information sharing to increase awareness will be used to guide the department in meeting its target.
    • Relevant: IT hardware is among the top spend categories for the department.
    • Time bound: Target must be complete by March 31, 2014.
  • Implementation Strategy:
    • * In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will develop an implementation plan, roles and responsibilities, etc., to ensure achievement of this target.


8.10.3 As of April 1, 2011, Canadian Heritage will ensure that 90% of paper purchases have a minimum of 30% recycled content.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Percentage of paper purchased through the green standing offer and printing contracts, relative to all paper purchased in the given fiscal year. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

  • Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:
    • Specific: This target applies to a specific percentage of departmental paper purchases.
    • Measurable: The source of purchase, in comparison to the total volume of purchases will be used to determine success rate. Information to track this progress against this target is available from the SAP system.
    • Achievable: Consolidation of requirements and information sharing to increase awareness will be used to guide the Department in meeting its target.
    • Relevant: This target presents an opportunity for Canadian Heritage to procure available greener alternatives to virgin paper.
    • Time bound: Target is ongoing and will be reported against in each year of the FSDS.
  • Implementation Strategy:
    • * In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will develop an implementation plan, roles and responsibilities, etc., to ensure achievement of this target.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

8.11.1 Training for select employees: By March 31, 2014, 90% of materiel managers and procurement personnel will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service and 90% of new acquisition cardholders will have been trained on green procurement practices through departmental training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  

Number of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have completed training relative to the total number of materiel managers and procurement personnel.

Number of new acquisition cardholders who have completed training relative to the total number of new acquisition cardholders.

N/A

N/A

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

  • Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:
    • Specific: This target applies to a designated percentage of materiel managers and procurement personnel. There are 18 such positions within the Department. New acquisition cardholders (cannot be estimated) will also be targeted.
    • Measurable: The number of materiel managers, procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders that have Green Procurement training. Information to track this progress against this target is available through Individual Learning Plans, Human Resources and Workplace Management reports and listings of new card issuances and related training.
    • Achievable: Trainings will be included in the annual training plans.
    • Relevant: Materiel managers and procurement personnel generally handle departmental procurements over $10,000.
    • Time bound: Target must be complete by March 31, 2014.
  • Implementation Strategy:
    • * In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will develop an implementation plan, roles and responsibilities, etc., to ensure achievement of this target.


8.11.2 Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management: By March 31, 2012, all identified managers and functional heads will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Number of performance evaluations of identified managers and functional heads that have included environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of number of identified managers and functional heads N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

  • Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:
    • Specific: This target applies to 1 designated Manager and 3 Functional Heads of procurement and materiel management.
    • Measurable: This applies to individuals in the targeted positions.
    • Achievable: Performance agreements will include Green Procurement provisions.
    • Relevant: Procurement functional specialists report to these managers and functional heads.
    • Time bound: Targets are established for a specific period (one fiscal year).
  • Implementation Strategy:
    • * In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will develop an implementation plan, roles and responsibilities, etc., to ensure achievement of this target.


8.11.3 Management processes and controls: By March 31, 2014, a minimum of 3 designated procurement and materiel management processes and controls will include environmental performance considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status.  
Number of designated procurement and materiel management processes and controls that include environmental performance considerations, relative to all designated procurement and materiel management processes and controls. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

  • Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:
    • Specific: Target refers to a specific number of identified management processes and controls. 
    • Measurable: Canadian Heritage will be addressing one management process and control within fiscal year 2011-12.
    • Achievable: The mandate will be modified accordingly.
    • Relevant: Priority will be given to processes and controls that affect procurement in excess of $10,000.
    • Time bound: Target must be complete by March 31, 2014.
  • Implementation Strategies
    • * In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will determine all designated procurement and materiel management processes and controls that will include environmental considerations.
    • In fiscal year 2011-12, Canadian Heritage will develop an implementation plan, roles and responsibilities, etc., to ensure achievement of this target.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs)    

Strategies / Comments

Not applicable.  


Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here6.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status. (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

Not applicable.


Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


 
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status. (Optional)  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)].    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

Not applicable.  



 
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status. (Optional)  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)].    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

Not applicable.



[ENTER TARGET OR INITIATIVE]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status. (Optional)  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)].    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

Not applicable.  



Notes:

  • 1. This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2. The Canadian Conservation Institute (CCI) is a Special Operating Agency and a Branch of the Department of Canadian Heritage. CCI is the custodian of the properties at 1729-1731 St-Laurent Boulevard (a warehouse) and 1030 Innes Road (Laboratory and Office facility), Ottawa, Ontario. The building on Innes Road is leased on a Triple Net Lease and CCI is totally responsible for all operations, maintenance and repairs of the entire building envelop and systems. Until March 31, 2011, Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) is the service provider. From April 1, 2011, CCI will operate the building directly.

    Only GGO Green Building Goal 8.3 applies to the CCI building on Innes Road which is a special purpose space, leased by the Crown, with a triple net lease that expires in April 2015. CCI will operate directly the building operation and its maintenance. The process to renew the lease will start in 2011. CCI will develop a Strategic Sustainable Development Framework by April 2012, using the template being developed by PWGSC and will include all the necessary assessment. The assessment tools will include BOMA BESt (Building Environmental Standards), an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent (for more information, see: http://www.bomabest.com/). The framework will be updated in each reporting cycle.

    GGO Green Buildings Goals 8.1, 8.2 and 8.4 do not apply to CCI for the following reasons: 
      8.1: CCI does not have a new building and is not in a situation of "build to lease".
      8.2: CCI is not in a Crown owned building.
      8.4: CCI does not plan any fit-up or refit project up to 2012.

  • 3. Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 4. Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 5. This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 6. Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.
Top of Page

Canadian Human Rights Commission



Green Procurement

Part A: Green Procurement Capacity Building

Activity 2008–09
Level
as a %
2011–12
Target
as a %
2012–13
Target
as a %
Description/Comments
1a. Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff 83 100 100 Canada School of the Public Service (CSPS) online training will be mandatory for all Administrative Services Staff.
1b. Training for Acquisition Cardholders 83 100 100 CSPS online training to all acquisition cardholders
2. Performance Evaluations 0 100 100 CHRC management officials responsible for the application of Green Procurement practices will have these performance measures in their performance evaluations.
3. Procurement Processes and Controls 100 100 100 CHRC utilizes PWGSC procurement tools, which are all in accordance with Green Procurement initiatives.

Part B: Use of Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments

Good/Service 2008–09
Level
as a %
2011–12
Target
as a %
2012–13
Target
as a %
Description/Comments
Recycled Content of paper and envelopes 10 30 30 Acquisitions made through PWGSC procurement tools, which are all in accordance with Green Procurement initiatives.
Recycled black ink cartridges N/A 50 75

Part C: Reduction Initiatives for Specific Goods

Consumable/Asset 2008–09
Level as a Ratio
# per FTE
2011–12
Level as a Ratio
# per FTE
2012–13
Level as a Ratio
# per FTE
Description/Comments
Paper 12,700:1 10,000:1 8,000:1 Sheets of paper per FTE
Printers 4.7:1 6.1:1 7.1:1 Printers per FTE

Top of Page

Canadian Institutes of Health Research



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Training for Procurement and Material Management Staff
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
% of Procurement and Material Management Staff Trained 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2010-11, the Procurement and Materiel Management Staff were trained on Green Procurement.
  2. Going forward, the training program will be delivered on an annual basis.

Performance Evaluations
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Green Procurement policy objectives integrated into the performance evaluation for the Manager, Procurement. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2011-2012, environmental considerations in support of Green Procurement Policy objectives will continue to form an integral part of the yearly performance evaluation of the Manager, Procurement.

Training for Acquisition Card Holders
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
% of Acquisition Card Holders Trained 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. As part of Green Procurement training for RC managers scheduled in 2011, acquisition cards as a vehicle for green procurement will be re-in forced in the sessions.
  2. Green Procurement training will also be provided on an ongoing basis as new acquisition cards are issued to employees.
  3. Going forward, the training program will be delivered on an annual basis.

Procurement Processes and Controls
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
% of paper used containing recycled fibres 100%  
% of applications and reviews submitted and distributed online 100%  
Implementation of duplex default printing 100%  
Number of Green Procurement Training sessions N/A  
CIHR Green Procurement Plan N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. All paper used in printing/copying contains recycled fibres as of 2008-09
  2. Reduce use of paper by eliminating the need to submit paper copies of the applications for funding. As of April 1st, 2010, all applications for funding are now submitted electronically through a secure site, paper copies no longer required.
  3. All printers, both in business centres and desktops print duplex, and where possible, duplex printing is the default setting.
  4. Scanning to email capacity in business centres has reduced use of paper and some processes have changed to save information electronically rather than copying for a paper file.
  5. Green Procurement Training material was developed in 2010-11 for RC Managers involved in procurement activities. The training is planned to be rolled out beginning April 2011.
  6. CIHR developed the Green Procurement plan in 2009-10 to build employee awareness on the importance of the plan. The plan is posted on CIHR's intranet website to increase visibility.
Top of Page

Canadian International Development Agency



Greening of Government Operations (GGO) 2011-2012 at CIDA

The Canadian International Development Agency has established targets with respect to the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Theme IV: Shrinking the Environmental Footprint - Beginning with Government. Overall, these targets cover two key areas: (1) green procurement, and (2) e waste, managed print, paper consumption, and green meetings.

1. Targets for green procurement

a. Procurement of computers and screens
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Percentage of computers and screens procured using PWGSC green standing offers in 2011-2012 100%  

b. Procurement of furniture
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Percentage of furniture procured using PWGSC green standing offers in 2011-2012 100%  

c. Procurement of vehicles
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Percentage of vehicles procured using PWGSC green standing offers in 2011-2012 100%  


d. Staff training
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
A target will be identified in 2011-2012    

Strategies / Comments

The employee performance management process, including the learning plan, provides a framework for ongoing, open, and honest communication between supervisors/managers and employees. This process makes it possible to establish performance objectives that consider the needs of the employee and CIDA in achieving the organization's strategic objectives.


e. Processes and control measures
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Percentage of procurement identified as green in 2011-2012 100%  

Strategies / Comments

CIDA's financial system has been modified, so that it can be identified whether procurement of an asset is green or not. This improvement will allow CIDA to produce annual reports on the type of procurement, to identify procurement that does not meet criteria for the greening of operations, and to include justification of choices, or possibly to influence choices made.


2. Targets for electronic waste, printing management, paper consumption, and green meetings


a. Green and safe recycling of surplus electronic and electrical equipment
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Existence of an implementation plan for the elimination of electronic and electrical equipment generated by CIDA Draft  
Percentage of departmental sites whose implementation plan for the elimination of electronic and electrical equipment has been fully put in place at year-end 50% in
2011-2012
 

100% in
2012-2013

 

Strategies / Comments

The disposal of these assets is included in CIDA's asset management framework (currently being developed and scheduled to be implemented in 2011-2012). At present, 90 percent of electronic and electrical equipment disposal is green. Contracts are in place for the disposal of telephones and BlackBerrys. Computers are recycled through the Computers for Schools program or sent to PWGSC's Crown Assets and Disposal services. All electronic equipment with memory is checked prior to their disposal, to ensure the security of information they might have contained during their use. Employees responsible for asset management work with the team of information technology specialists to put suitable procedures in place to allow the fullest, most effective, safe, green management of electronic and electrical assets.

b. Average ratio of 8 office staff for each printing unit
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Printing units in proportion to the number of employees for the 2010-2011 reference year 5.6  
Printing units in proportion to the number of employees at year end 2014 10  

c. 20% reduction in in-house paper consumption per employee
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Total equipment (photocopiers, fax machines, network and personal printers) in 2010-2011 388  
Total equipment (photocopiers, fax machines, network and personal printers) in 2013-2014 200  

Strategies / Comments

In 2007, two-sided printing was set as the default on CIDA's printing systems. This allowed a reduction of about 15 percent. By 2014, the total number of devices (photocopiers, fax machines, network and personal printers) will be strategically reduced from 388 in 2010 to 195 by 2014. This will help to achieve the 20 percent objective.

d. Adoption of a green meeting guide
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Departmental protocol reviewed    

Strategies / Comments

CIDA has had a protocol for green meetings on its website since March 2008. This protocol will be reviewed by 2012. Communications activities will be carried out to remind managers and employees of the steps they can take to shrink CIDA's environmental footprint.


3. Other targets for greening government operations


a. Recycling of batteries, used ink cartridges, and compact disks
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Percentage of batteries, ink cartridges, and compact disks recycled in 2011-2012 100%  

Strategies / Comments

CIDA has put measures in place to ensure that batteries and compact disks are recycled through private firms. CIDA has also entered into a legal agreement with Mira, a non profit organization, to recycle ink cartridges. In pursuit of this objective, messages will be posted on CIDA's intranet site to encourage the use of these programs. Each year, CIDA recycles approximately the equivalent of 720 litres of shredded disks, 200 kilos of batteries and 1,600 ink cartridges.

b. Recycling of hand towels used in washrooms
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Percentage of hand towels used in washrooms at 200 Promenade du Portage and recycle in 2011-2012 100%  

Strategies / Comments

For the past two years, CIDA has negotiated with SNC Lavalin and PWGSC to set up a program to recycle hand towels used in washrooms at 200 Promenade du Portage. The initiative was finally implemented in 2010-2011. This paper will be used for composting. CIDA will continue to negotiate with PWGSC to extend this service to all areas occupied by CIDA.


c. Means to reduce greenhouse gas emissions (GGEs)
Performance measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Number of countries of focus where video/teleconference equipment was installed in 2011-2012
5  

Strategies / Comments

In 2009-2010, CIDA procured about $320,000 of equipement for 8 new video/teleconference rooms. Installation was completed in the early months 2010-2011. These new facilities should help to reduce the number of trips to the field. CIDA procedures about 30 hours of video/teleconferencing per week. A substantial increase can be expected when 5 countries of focus are provided with equipment procured through DFAIT.

Top of Page

Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 8 : 1  
FY 2012–13 8 : 1  
FY 2013–14 8 : 1  


Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
CanNor will produce a green meeting guide 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. CanNor offices are distributed across more than 40 percent of Canada’s land mass. The majority of Agency meetings are conducted by teleconference and by using electronic media. This reduces paper use as well as reduces greenhouse gases that might be generated in transporting employees to face-to-face meetings.

Green Procurement Reporting for Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, realistic and time-bound) green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


Green Procurement Training: All CanNor procurement staff will be trained in Green Procurement by March 2012
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
All CanNor procurement staff will be trained in Green Procurement by March 2012 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. CanNor continues to staff corporate services functions. Staff engaged to provide procurements services will be trained in green procurement practices. The same training will be provided to administrative staff who use acquisition cards.


Green Informatics Procurement: Where not in contradiction with comprehensive land claim objectives, all CanNor informatics procurement will be conducted using Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) consolidated procurement instruments, which are greened through PWGSC’s Commodity Management Framework
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
All informatics procurement will follow PWGSC green procurement instruments where not in contradiction with land claims objectives 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. CanNor will conduct all informatics procurement using PWGSC tools and instruments, which are greened through the PWGSC Commodity Management Framework.
  2. In some cases, the use of these instruments may contradict the objectives of comprehensive land claims agreements in communities where CanNor has offices. In these instances, CanNor will determine how to meet the principles of green procurement while responding to the objectives of these agreements.


Greening Office Equipment Procurement: CanNor will ensure that 75 percent of shared-use office equipment procured by the Agency, such as photocopiers, will be multifunction (including scanning, faxing, copying and printing functions) with the goal of reducing the total number of machines.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
75% shared-use equipment will be multifunction 75%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Multifunction machines can significantly reduce production and end-of-life waste created in the production of office equipment. CanNor will focus on ensuring that all shared-use equipment is multifunction.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training: All CanNor procurement staff will be trained in green procurement by March 2012
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
All CanNor procurement staff will be trained in green procurement by March 31, 2012 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. CanNor continues to staff corporate services functions. Staff engaged to provide procurement services will be trained in green procurement practices. The same training will be provided to administrative staff who use acquisition cards.


Employee Performance: CanNor’s Director of Corporate Services (the Agency’s head of procurement and materiel management) and procurement staff will be required to integrate goals for green procurement into their performance agreements.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Head of procurement will integrate green procurement goals into performance accord 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. CanNor is a small agency. Its head of procurement is also its Director of Corporate Services. Green procurement objectives will be integrated into the Director’s performance accord. 


Management processes and controls: The CanNor contracting review committee will incorporate considerations for green procurement in all deliberations on contract proposals.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Decisions of the CanNor contracting review committee will include green procurement considerations 100%  


Top of Page

Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission



Greening Government Operations

Annex A

2011-12 Report on Plans and Priorities

Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act.

Targets / Strategies / Comments

Approach: CNSC’s DG of Finance and Administration has been mandated to address all aspects of the PWGSC Policy on Green Procurement.

Management Processes and Controls: The CNSC will be reviewing its contracting activities to include environmental considerations in the performance of the work where applicable. Furthermore, procedural documents on procurement and materiel management will be reviewed and updated to integrate environmental considerations in decision-making, from the procurement through to the disposal process. Subject to the completion of the implementation of a new version of the CNSC’s financial system, the CNSC will update the procurement module to improve the tracking and monitoring process of purchases from PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments.

Setting Targets: The CNSC ensures that all purchases are made through PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments, where available. The CNSC has established a number of targets for 2010-11. In addition, CNSC is planning to roll out the acquisition card to all support staff. In doing so, the federal government’s greening policy will be brought to the new cardholders’ attention within three months of receiving the card.

Meeting Targets: The CNSC expects to meet most of the targets for 2010-11.

Training: The CNSC requires that all existing functional specialist staff take Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) Course C215 by the end of 2010-11.

Performance Evaluations: Performance objectives related to green procurement were included in a senior contracting officer performance appraisal for 2010-11. In addition, the manager will include performance objectives related to green procurement in functional specialists’ performance evaluation for 2011-12.

Annex B

Green Procurement

Part A: Green Procurement Capacity Building

Activity 2008-09
Level
as %
2010-11
Target
as %
Description/Comments
1a. Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff 0% 85% The CNSC Senior Contracting Officer has attended PWGSC’s Green Procurement Workshops and participated in Working Groups during FY 2009-10. The remainder of the CNSC’s procurement staff will be completing training offered through the Canada School of Public Service.
1b. Training for Acquisition Cardholders 0% 85% The CNSC Acquisition Card Directive is effective as of December 1st, 2010.

As part of the CNSC Management Fundamentals course, all acquisition cards holders will be required to take training.

2. Performance Evaluations 0% 100% CNSC management officials responsible for the application of Green procurement practices will include performance evaluation measures in their performance management contracts.
3. Procurement Processes and Controls Where applicable Where applicable CNSC utilizes PWGSC procurement tools which are all in accordance with the Green Procurement initiatives.

Part B: Use of Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments

Good/Sevice 2008-09 Level 2010-12 Target as % Description/Comments
$ %
Computers and laptops 1,337,547 82 85 Wherever possible all acquisitions of computer and laptops are made through the use of PWGSC green procurement tools.
Office furniture and fixtures 472,208 100 100 All acquisitions of office furniture and fixtures are made through the use of PWGSC green procurement tools.

Part C: Reduction Initiatives for Specific Goods

Consumable/Asset 2008-09
Level as Ratio
# per FTE
2011-12
Target
Description/Comments
Copy machines 0.0409 0.0365 The CNSC reviews copy machine utilization yearly to ensure that optimal number and usage are present to support ongoing and future organizational needs.
Fleet vehicles 0.0317 0.0306 The CNSC performs a yearly review of fleet requirements to ensure that optimal number and usage are present to support ongoing and future organizational needs.
Top of Page

Canadian Transportation Agency


Greening Government Operations (GGO)
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach
    The Director of Finance, Administration and Planning of the Canadian Transportation Agency is mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  2. Management Processes and Controls
    All contract documents have been amended to incorporate environmental considerations into business practices. Internal policies on procurement and material management have been revised and updated to incorporate environmental considerations in decision making, from the procurement through to the disposal process. In 2011-2012, the Agency's monitoring system will be improved in order to perform effective monitoring of purchases from PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments.
  3. Setting Targets
    In addition to commitments identified in (ii) and (v), the Agency commits to ensuring that 95% of all purchases will be made through PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments, where available.
  4. Training
    The Agency requires that 65% of its procurement staff take Canadian School of Public Service course C215 by the end of 2011-2012.
  5. Performance Evaluation
    One objective in the performance management agreement of the manager of procurement is to ensure that environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.
Top of Page

Citizenship and Immigration Canada



CIC’s Greening Government Operations Supplementary Table for the 2011–2012 Report on Plans and Priorities

Tables 8.1 to 8.4 do not apply to Citizenship and Immigration Canada’s (CIC’s) activities so these tables are not presented here.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target

8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–2021, relative to fiscal year 2005–2006

17%  

Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–2006, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent

90 tonnes  

Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent

Fiscal year (FY) 2011–2012 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2012–2013 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2013–2014 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2014–2015 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2015–2016 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2016–2017 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2017–2018 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2018–2019 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2019–2020 -1.8 tonnes  
FY 2020–2021 -1.8 tonnes  

Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year.

FY 2011–2012 -2%  
FY 2012–2013 -2%  
FY 2013–2014 -2%  
FY 2014–2015 -2%  
FY 2015–2016 -2%  
FY 2016–2017 -2%  
FY 2017–2018 -2%  
FY 2018–2019 -2%  
FY 2019–2020 -2%  
FY 2020–2021 -2%  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  Interim target: The Department’s cumulative annual interim target is a 2-percent absolute reduction in GHG emissions annually, relative to the baseline fiscal year of 2005–2006. This represents 11.76-percent of the Department’s overall GHG reduction target. Therefore, by the end of the given fiscal year (the second year of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy), the Department should have achieved a 4-percent reduction of GHG emissions.
  2. Scope: Fleet.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation is overseeing this target.
  4. Key Activities: Replacement and/or disposal of old vehicles.
  5. Reporting Requirements: Any project that has the potential to increase or decrease GHG emissions is reported to CIC Assistant Deputy Minister of Corporate Services, after the project has been assessed using the Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol—A Common Standard for Federal Operations.
  6. Plans for Engagement: Further management meetings among CIC’s Directors General and Regional Directors General.
  7. Tools and Resources: Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol—A Common Standard for Federal Operations. 

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target

8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE

Yes  

Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year

Fiscal year (FY) 2011–2012 100%  
FY 2012–2013    
FY 2013–2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. The main location is situated at CIC National Headquarters in Ottawa plus six regional offices that manage disposal centrally for a total of seven locations, which would be expressed as 100% (Please note: Departmental locations can be defined as a facility or organizational unit. At CIC we have established the location as an organizational unit—one per region).
  2. CIC’s EEE implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Greening Government Operations (GGO) targets table. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our EEE implementation plan can be found on the CIC website.

Printing Unit Reduction Target

8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow

FY 2011–2012 8:1  
FY 2012–2013 8:1  
FY 2013–2014 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: To reduce departmental reporting and simplify tracking of this target, the Department has scoped in all buildings, space configurations and employees to achieve an average ratio of 8:1. While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy or security considerations, on average the Department will meet this target for all employees.
  2. Method used for determining number of printing units: Information Technology (IT) Branch undertook a departmental initiative to barcode all new and existing printing units.
  3. Method used for determining number of office employees: TBS Population Affiliation Report.
  4. Reporting requirements: Director General of Information Management collects printing unit information annually.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: Director General of Information Management is target lead.
  6. Plans for Engagement: Further management meetings among CIC’s Directors General and Regional Directors General.

Paper Consumption Target

8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope

3,156 sheets/ employee in 2010–2011*  

Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected

FY 2011–2012 -10%
2,840 sheets/employee
 
FY 2012–2013 -15%
2,683 sheets/employee
 
FY 2013–2014 -20%
2,525 sheets/employee
 

* This baseline for 2010–2011 has been determined from paper purchases through the Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) standing offer for paper for the first quarter of fiscal year 2010–2011 (April, May and June of 2010). Therefore, it is a proxy for the entire fiscal year. In subsequent Reports on Plans and Priorities and Departmental Performance Reports, this baseline will be updated to include purchase data from the outstanding three quarters and therefore be more accurate. The following assumptions were made: 1) each package of paper has 500 sheets, and 2) Grand and Toy paper is representative of all paper purchases.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Our Department has elected to include all departmental employees (4,498 employees), instead of just office employees.
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: PWGSC standing offer usage data.
  3. Method used for determining number of office employees: TBS Population Affiliation Report.
  4. Reporting requirements: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation uses PWGSC standing offer information annually.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation is target lead.
  6. Plans for engagement: Procurement personnel and acquisition card holders are now required to purchase paper only through PWGSC standing offers. This has been disseminated via central communication and is documented in the procedures manuals available on the website.

Green Meetings Target

8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

Presence of a green meeting guide

Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope of the green meeting guide: All departmental or interdepartmental meetings held at our offices with at least 10 participants.
  2. Reporting requirement: Our Administration, Security and Accommodation Branch is responsible for creating a strategy to implement the green meeting guide and monitoring its use.
  3. Evidence that the green meeting guide has been adopted: None to date (data expected in the next fiscal year).
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation Branch is target lead.
  5. Key components: Planning, travel/accommodations, procurement/hospitality and tracking/accountability.
  6. Opportunities for continuous improvement: It has proven difficult to monitor the use of the guide. CIC has formed a working group to consider monitoring mechanisms to track progress.
  7. Mechanisms to evaluate: The effectiveness of the green meeting guide will be evaluated in 2014.
  8. Plans for engagement: Departmental policy mandating use, e-mail dissemination, topic for management meetings, green meeting training seminar.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, realistic and time-bound) green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.
Utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 95% of IT hardware purchases
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)]

Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year    

Strategies / Comments

  • Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism.
  • Measurable: Information available from our financial system.
  • Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers.
  • Relevant: High volume of IT hardware purchases.
  • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  • Scope: All IT hardware purchases.
  • Processes/reporting requirements: Financial database.
  • Roles and responsibilities: Manager of IT Procurement is target lead.
  • Opportunities for continuous improvement: For select IT hardware not available from PWGSC, the Department will work to ensure that IT hardware purchases incorporate environmental considerations.
  • Plans for engagement: E-mail dissemination and meetings with Directors General.
Utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 80% of IT Professional Services purchases
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)]

Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year    

Strategies / Comments

  • Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism.
  • Measurable: Information available from our financial system.
  • Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers.
  • Relevant: High volume of Professional Services contracts.
  • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  • Scope: All of the IT Professional Services.
  • Processes/reporting requirements: Financial database.
  • Roles and responsibilities: Manager of IT Procurement is target lead.
  • Opportunities for continuous improvement: For select IT Professional Services not available from PWGSC, the Department will work to ensure that purchases incorporate environmental considerations.
  • Plans for engagement: E-mail dissemination and meetings with Directors General.
Use of standardized processes including the encouragement of consolidation of requirements
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)]

Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year    

Strategies / Comments

Working with technical authorities to encourage planning through regular communication and reporting.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.
Training for select employees.
As of April 1, 2011, 95% of materiel managers and procurement personnel (including all PG classified employees, as well as employees and managers identified as a procurement and/or materiel management functional specialist) will receive green procurement training through Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) course C215 or in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

Procurement specialists in place

95%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year    

Strategies / Comments

  • Procurement specialists will complete the CSPS Green Procurement (C215) course. Administrative assistants have access to in-house equivalent training.
  • Reporting requirements: Collect data from CSPS annually; Human Resources maintains an up-to-date list of employees with/needing training.
  • Roles and responsibilities: Director General, Administration, Security and Accommodation is target lead.
  • Opportunities for continuous improvement: Targeting 100% of employees is difficult due to turnover. However, in future years, acquisition card holders could also be targeted.
  • Plans for engagement: E-mail dissemination of policy.
Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. As of April 1, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

Procurement specialists in place

100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year    

Strategies / Comments

  • Specific: Achievement level of 100% for all NHQ procurement and contracting specialists.
  • Measurable: Information available from in-house Human Resources tracking system.
  • Achievable: Departmental policy mandates performance evaluation for all existing and new functional heads of procurement and materiel management include environmental considerations.
  • Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  • Methodology: Directors General and Directors of PG classified employees and employees identified as a procurement functional specialist (11 in total).
  • Reporting requirements: Managers to report to target lead.
  • Roles and responsibilities: Director of Administration is target lead.
  • Plans for engagement: Inclusion in employee performance management agreements.
Management processes and controls.
As of April 1, 2013, management processes and controls relating to procurement will have incorporated environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    

[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)]

   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year    

Strategies / Comments

  • Specific: Achievement level of all identified processes and controls.
  • Measurable: Existence of baseline list of all formalized management processes and controls.
  • Achievable: Dedicated employees responsible for target.
  • Relevant: Decision-making authority for purchases decentralized.
  • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.
Top of Page

Commission for Public Complaints Against the RCMP



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

Part A: Green Procurement Capacity Building
Activity 2010-2011
Level
as %
2011-2012 Target %  
Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff 100% 100% All contracting and procurement staff will be required to take the Canada School of Public Service Green Procurement training course. All new contracting and procurement employees will include the Green Procurement course in their training plan.
Training for Acquisition Cardholders 75% 100% The same green procurement training taken by procurement and materiel management staff will be offered to acquisition cardholders across the Commission.
Performance Evaluations 0% 100% There is no formal system in place to track performance evaluations. However, the Manager of Administrative Services and Administration Officer will have specific green procurement commitments.
Procurement Processes and Controls 0% 100% Incorporate in CPC procurement processes and controls modifications to include environmental considerations.


Part B:  Use of Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments
Goods/Services 2010-2011 2011-2012 Description/Comments
Paper 25% 80% Paper for photocopiers, printers, fax and general purpose.
Toner 100% 100% Toner cartridges purchased are remanufactured.
Envelopes 75% 100% Envelopes for internal mail, outside mail.
Furniture 75% 90% The Commission uses PWGSC's procurement instruments whenever possible. Purchases made outside of the standing offers will take into account environmental considerations.
IT Hardware & Peripherals 100% 100% The use of PWGSC's green consolidated procurement instruments (i.e. mandatory standing offers) is the norm in the Commission's contracting process.


Part C: Reduction Initiatives for Specific Goods
Printing 80% 95% The Commission has significantly reduced the amount of printing for such publications as its Annual Report and special reports by using electronic media such as its Internet site and having the publications available in more than one format.
Copy Paper No data available 50% Baseline to be established and efforts made to reduce paper usage by using electronic media and encouraging staff to consider the requirement for printed copies prior to printing or copying.
Printer No data available 50% Baseline to be established and efforts made to reduce the number of print/copier devices per FTE. As printers come to the end of life cycle, evaluations will be conducted as to whether they will be replaced or not.
MFP (multifunction printers) 100% 100% MFP (copier/printer/fax) are returned to the manufacturer at end of the life cycle.
Top of Page

Courts Administration Service



Greening Government Operations (GGO)


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here5.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

Approach: The DG, Finance and Contracting for the Courts Administration Service (the Service) will play a co-ordination role for initiatives related to green procurement in collaboration with key internal stakeholders in the Judicial, Registry and Corporate Services Branches. The Service will enhance its efforts with respect to green procurement in 2011‑12, and will set out specific targets for green procurement in its 2012‑13 Report on Plans and Priorities.

Management Processes and Controls: Contracting documents will include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required. Contracting and Materiel Management will ensure that environmental performance specifications are incorporated in the initial bid documentation. Additional statistics will be collected to track environmental considerations.

Training: The Service will require all existing functional specialists take CSPS Course 215 on Green Procurement by the end of fiscal year 2011‑12. New functional specialists will be required to take the course within 6 months of being hired. Training on Green Procurement will also be provided to key acquisition cardholders, key players involved with acquisitions, as well as the members of the Contract Review Committee of the Service.

Preliminary Objectives:

  • Ensure paper with at least 30% recycled content is purchased.
  • Increase use of bulk buys where appropriate to reduce packaging.
  • Ensure duplexing functionality is considered in the acquisition of printers and photocopying equipment.
  • Ensure toner cartridges purchased are, and can be, recycled.

Other Related Initiatives :

  • Reduce paper consumption through the implementation of e-filing and digital recording solutions (this initiative requires a substantial investment of resources to implement which is not currently available to the Service).
  • Reduce carbon emissions of mail deliveries through the planned move of the corporate support functions of the Service in the National Capital Region to the Federal Judicial Building at 90 Sparks Street (this initiative requires a substantial investment of resources to implement which is not currently available to the Service).
  • Reduce paper acquisition through examination of the possibility that the default setting for all printers and photocopiers be set to double-sided format.
  • Reduce carbon emissions through increased use of videoconferencing.

Performance Evaluations: All functional specialists are expected to include environmental considerations in the performance agreements.



Notes:

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Department of Finance Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The Greening Government Operations (GGO) supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned/expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance[1].
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Department of Finance Canada is a tenant department; therefore this target does not apply.  


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000 m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool[2].
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000 m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Percentage of buildings over 1000 m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Department of Finance Canada is a tenant department; therefore this target does not apply.  


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000 m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool[3].
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000 m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000 m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Department of Finance Canada is a tenant department; therefore this target does not apply.  


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance[4].
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Department of Finance Canada is a tenant department; therefore this target does not apply.  

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to fiscal year 2005–06. N/A  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–06, in kilotons of CO2 equivalent. N/A  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotons of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–12 N/A  
FY 2012–13 N/A  
FY 2013–14 N/A  
FY 2014–15 N/A  
FY 2015–16 N/A  
FY 2016–17 N/A  
FY 2017–18 N/A  
FY 2018–19 N/A  
FY 2019–20 N/A  
FY 2020–21 N/A  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–06 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 N/A  
FY 2012–13 N/A  
FY 2013–14 N/A  
FY 2014–15 N/A  
FY 2015–16 N/A  
FY 2016–17 N/A  
FY 2017–18 N/A  
FY 2018–19 N/A  
FY 2019–20 N/A  
FY 2020–21 N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Department of Finance Canada’s two-vehicle fleet has been exempted because of its small size. However, the Department must comply with the requirements of the Directive on Fleet Management: Executive Vehicles. The Department also follows the good practices contained in the Guide to Fleet Management, Chapter 2: Executive Vehicles. 

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE. No  
Total number of departmental locations with an EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 N/A  
FY 2012–13 N/A  
FY 2013–14 Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The Department of Finance Canada has a single facility for disposing of e-waste, located at 140 O’Connor, Ottawa, Ontario.
  2. Processes: The Department will review the roles and responsibilities regarding the e-waste disposal service provided by its shared services provider. A strategy for e-waste will be developed as part of the Asset Management Framework, currently under review by the Department’s service provider.
  3. Reporting: The Department will establish reporting requirements and define mechanisms to evaluate the effectiveness of its e-waste plan. 
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies to ensure that the target is met.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply this target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Baseline FY 2010–11) 2:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 3:1  
FY 2012–13 8:1  
FY 2013–14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of printing unit: The Department of Finance Canada has defined a printing unit as stand-alone and networked printers and multi-function devices (copiers).
  2. Scope:  Faxes and scanners are excluded from this definition. The target will exclude certain operational areas dedicated to the federal Budget and business units. There will be some consideration for space configuration and business units.
  3. Method for determining the number of printing units: Print Audit software will be used to determine the final printer count.
  4. Method for determining the number of office employees: The number of office employees has been determined using office assignment from human resources reports.
  5. Processes: Management of printer and copier resources will be centrally managed to prevent indiscriminate purchases of printers. The Department has established a multidisciplinary committee to manage this project, to establish roles and responsibilities for project development and implementation, and to consider the use of Public Works and Government Services Canada’s Managed Print Services Standing Offer Agreement to inventory and establish a basic total cost of ownership, concept design and implementation strategy. A pilot study of the Corporate Services floors is being considered as a first step in the approach.
  6. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met.
  7. Reporting: The Department will establish reporting requirements and calculation methodologies.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–06 and 2011–12, and an applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. N/A  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12 5%  
FY 2012–13 10%  
FY 2013–14 20%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The Department of Finance Canada is composed of office staff; therefore paper consumption will be part of the baseline count.   
  2. Method for determining the number of office employees: The number of office employees has been determined using office assignment from human resources reports.
  3. Method used for determining paper baseline: The Department is establishing a baseline for FY 2010–11 based on procurement data. This figure will be divided by the number of office employees. 
  4. Processes: The Department will maximize the use of Public Works and Government Services Canada’s Green Standing Offer for paper.
  5. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met. The Department will also improve, and create awareness of, paper reduction practices.
  6. Links: The Department will link the printing devices ratio target with the paper consumption target and enable such features as two-sided printing by default. A pilot study of the Corporate Services floors is being considered as a first step in the approach. 
  7. Reporting: The Department will establish reporting requirements and calculation methodologies.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Baseline 2005–06) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The green meetings target will apply to departmental or interdepartmental meetings held at Department of Finance Canada offices and that exceed ten participants.
  2. Processes: The present checklist will serve as a basis for developing the departmental Green Meeting Guide. Parameters will be established for measuring the adoption of the Guide, which could include requirements for top-down management approval and dissemination of the Guide. 
  3. Reporting: The Department will report on the release of the Guide.
  4. Communications and engagement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met. Some plans could include information sessions for the administrative community and other interested parties, as well as the use of email and the Department’s InfoSite to promote employee awareness.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

By March 31, 2014, 50% of new contracts for services will have environmental considerations built into them. 
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of services contracts with environmental criteria relative to the total number of services contracts awarded N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year 10%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year 30%  
Progress in the 2013–14 fiscal year 50%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: All service-related contract types will be considered as part of the definition. Environmental criteria identified will be consistent with the Guideline for Green Services Procurement.
  2. Processes: The Department of Finance Canada will establish an internal process for adding environmental considerations to most services contracts. The Department will also utilize Public Works and Government Services Canada’s consolidated procurement instruments whenever possible.
  3. Reporting: The Department will establish process requirements to track and report on progress toward the target.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met.


By March 31, 2012, 90% of IT Hardware purchases will be environmentally preferred models. 
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of IT Hardware purchases that meet the target relative to the total IT Hardware purchases N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: IT Hardware is defined as desktop and notebook computers.
  2. Processes: The Department of Finance Canada will utilize Public Works and Government Services Canada’s consolidated procurement instrument for IT Hardware.
  3. Reporting: The Department will establish process requirements to track and report on progress toward the target.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met.


By March 31, 2013, 90% of furniture purchases will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of furniture purchases meeting the target relative to the total percentage of all furniture purchases N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year 60%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Office furniture will be defined as chairs, cabinets, shelving, and panel and desk systems.
  2. Processes: The Department of Finance Canada will utilize Public Works and Government Services Canada’s mandatory consolidated procurement instrument for the various furniture types (chairs, cabinets, shelving, panels and desks) whenever possible. The Department will establish an internal process for adding environmental considerations to office furniture purchases not purchased using a consolidated procurement instrument.
  3. Reporting: The Department will establish process requirements to track and report on progress toward the target.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.

Training for select employees

By March 31, 2014, 95% of
functional specialists of procurement or materiel management will have green procurement training through the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) course C215 or an in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of functional specialists of procurement or materiel management with formal green procurement training relative to the total number of functional specialists of procurement or materiel management deemed as requiring training N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year 30%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year 60%  
Progress in the 2013–14 fiscal year 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The Department of Finance Canada will define which employees will require training.
  2. Processes: The Department will use CSPS Course C215 or an in-house alternative and an appropriate delivery method. 
  3. Reporting: The Department will establish processes and requirements to track and report on progress toward the target.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2012, 100% of employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management will have a performance clause relative to green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of materiel managers, procurement personnel and functional specialists with a green procurement clause in their performance evaluation relative to the total number of materiel managers, procurement personnel and functional specialist staff deemed as relevant N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The Department of Finance Canada will define which employees will require a performance clause in their performance evaluations.
  2. Processes: The Department will validate the responsible managers and maintain records. 
  3. Reporting: The Department will establish processes and requirements to track and report on progress toward the target.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met. 


Management processes and controls

By March 31, 2014, 50% of all identified procurement processes and controls will ensure environmental performance considerations are integrated into the procurement process.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of identified procurement processes and controls with environmental performance considerations integrated relative to the total number of identified procurement processes and controls N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year 10%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year 30%  
Progress in the 2013–14 fiscal year 50%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The Department of Finance Canada will define which procurement processes and controls will be subject to the integration of environmental performance considerations.
  2. Processes: The Department will identify required changes, plan and obtain approvals on changes to documents, and implement and publish changes in documents.
  3. Reporting: The Department will establish processes and requirements to track and report on progress toward the target.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the 2011–12 fiscal year (Optional for all RPPs) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Any offset credits purchased by the Department of Finance Canada will be reported in its 2011–12 DPR. 

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here[5].
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Department of Finance Canada is bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy and will meet the requirements of the Policy on Green Procurement through the Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy.

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


The Department will reuse its surplus office supplies internally by offering a Surplus Supplies Store for use by the Administrative Officer community. Any additional surplus office supplies will be donated to non-profit organizations in the National Capital Region.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Quantity of wooden pallets reused and sent to non-profit organizations (Baseline 2010–11) 7  
Progress in 2011–12 fiscal year    
Progress in 2012–13 fiscal year    
Progress in 2013–14 fiscal year    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Sources of Supplies: The Department of Finance Canada will work with the Administrative Officer community to encourage reuse and recycling of surplus office supplies.
  2. Processes: The Department will work with the Green Citizenship Network to identify volunteers to triage the surplus supplies and to arrange the items on shelving or for shipping to non-profit organizations.
  3. Donations: The Department will direct surplus office supplies to registered non-profit organizations as appropriate.  
  4. Reporting: The Department will establish a tracking system and reporting mechanism.
  5. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications.  


By March 31, 2014, 75% of acquisition cardholder will have green procurement training through the CSPS course C215 or an in-house equivalent. 
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of acquisition cardholders trained in green procurement relative to the total number of acquisition cardholders N/A  
Progress in 2011–12 fiscal year 20%  
Progress in 2012–13 fiscal year 50%  
Progress in 2013–14 fiscal year 75%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The Department of Finance Canada will define an acquisition cardholder.
  2. Processes: The Department will use Canada School of Public Service Course C215 or an in-house alternative and an appropriate delivery method.
  3. Number of acquisition cardholders: Procurement will provide the total number of acquisition cardholders.
  4. Reporting: The Department will establish processes requirements to track and report on progress toward the target.
  5. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met. 


By March 31, 2014, 7.5% of Department of Finance Canada employees will be members of the Green Citizenship Network.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of personnel who are members of the Department’s Green Citizenship Network (Baseline November 2010) 6.17%  
Progress in 2011–12 fiscal year 6.50%  
Progress in 2012–13 fiscal year 7.00%  
Progress in 2013–14 fiscal year 7.50%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Processes: The Department of Finance Canada will work with the Green Citizenship Network to promote awareness, to promote green initiatives, and to encourage volunteer and advisory capacities on various files.
  2. Reporting: The Department will establish a tracking system and reporting mechanism.
  3. Communications and continuous improvement: The Department will establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met.


Notes:

[1] This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

[2] Assessment tools include BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

[3] Assessment tools include BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

[4] This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

[5] Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Department of Justice Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

For guidelines on how to complete the GGO supplementary table, please refer to the Public Works and Government Services Canada Publiservice site:http://publiservice.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca/greening/text/strategie-strategy-e.html

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.
Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target
8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) YES[1]  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 100% National Capital Region.  
FY 2012-13 100% National Capital Region
50% of the Regions
 
FY 2013-14 100% National Capital Region
80% of the Regions
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Location: For this target, Justice Canada has defined location by region.
  2. Number of Locations: Justice Canada IT group supports 7 internal regions (ARO, QRO, NCRO, ORO, PRO, BCRO, NRO) across the country, occupying 40 physical sites (points of presence). 
  3. Implementation Strategies:
    1. Establish an E-Waste plan that covers the NCR and the Regions.
    2. The established E-waste plan will allow for the expansion of the NCR E-Waste program.
    3. The department will apply an e-waste disposal mechanism for 100% of electronic devices in accordance to the following hierarchy of options:
      1. Computer for Schools
      2. Crown Assets
      3. Provincial Extended Producer Responsibility Programs
      4. PWGSC Standing Offer for E-waste Recycling

Printing Unit Reduction Target

8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) 2.4:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 3.5:1    
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Printing Units: The Print Strategy study considered all printers, photocopiers, and multi-function devices as "printing units".
  2. Target Scope:
    1. The current print ratio in the NCR is 2.4:1
    2. The IT Print Strategy will address all print-capable devices nationally.
  3. Method for Tracking Printing Units:  All network-connected devices are traceable in a database; stand-alone devices will be converted to network-connected with the Print Strategy over time and as lease terms expire.
  4. Method for Tracking Office Employees: Annual Departmental Performance Report. There are approximately 4411 employees.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: ADM of Management Sector is target lead.
  6. Implementation Strategies:
    1. FY 2010-11: In the spring of 2010, Justice Canada completed Phase I of a Print Management Strategy, which was an independent reporting and auditing of, and recommendations for, all print-capable devices within the JUS National Capital Region (NCR).  The NCR region was chosen for the initial audit as it represents approximately 50% of JUS' staff nationally.
    2. FY 2011-12: Phase 2 of the strategy will be the continuation of the audit and analysis in the other regional sites, as well as the implementation of recommendations of Phase I.
    3. FY 2012-13: Completion of Phase 2 should yield a print ratio of at least 5:1.

Paper Consumption Target

8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal paper consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A*    
Paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) FY 2011-12 93%  
FY 2012-13 86%  
FY 2013-14 80%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Baseline fiscal year selected: 2010-11
  2. Target Scope: Within the scope of this Performance Measure is paper consumption per employee; outside the scope of this Performance Measure is the actual landfill waste.
  3. Method for Tracking Paper Consumption: PWGSC Paper Standing Offer
  4. Method for Tracking Office Employees: Annual Departmental Performance Report (DPR). There are approximately 4411 employees.
  5. Implementation Strategies:
    1. As part of its efforts to reduce paper consumption, the Department is implementing default two-sided printing on all black-and-white printers
    2. The department is committed to making greater use of electronic formats for distribution of documents and reports

* Of note, in the 2010-11 RPP, Justice Canada reported with respect to paper consumption a 2008-2009 baseline figure and a 7% paper reduction target by 2010-11. While the Justice Canada is committed to reducing paper consumption in the 2010-11 fiscal year, Justice Canada is updating its paper consumption target to align with the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy and to take advantage of improved paper tracking capabilities. As a result, the baseline fiscal year has been adjusted from 2008-09 to 2010-11 and the paper consumption target has been adjusted from 7% annually to 20% by March 31, 2014.

Green Meetings Target

8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-12)  No  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope of the green meeting guide: All departmental or interdepartmental meetings and conferences organized by departmental officials.
  2. Reporting requirement: Our SD secretariat is responsible for creating a strategy to implement the guide and monitor its use.
  3. Evidence that the green meeting guide has been adopted: Approval by senior management and use in the department.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Sustainable Development Champion is target lead.
  5. Key components: Planning, travel / accommodations, procurement / hospitality, and tracking / accountability.
  6. Plans / strategies for departmental engagement: Use of departmental communications vehicles such as JustInfo, discussion at staff
  7. Opportunities for continuous improvement: Seek feedback on the guide from Green Teams, managers and employees.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

SMART green procurement target no.1: As of April 1, 2014, environmental performance considerations will be embedded into the procurement decision-making process.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Reduce environmental impact through standard solicitation documents aimed at green procurement.

Percentage of standard solicitation documents incorporating sustainable development selection criteria.
100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: all departmental competitive procurement processes using standard solicitation documents.
  2. Develop Request for Proposal evaluation criteria and obtain the Departments Sustainable Development Steering Committee approval
  3. Integrate selection criteria into departmental templates and procurement process documentation
  4. Integrate the information into departmental contracting training documentation.
  5. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services.
  6. Reporting to be based on the use of template documents.
  7. Plans for engagement: Email dissemination and training for procurement staff.
  8. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use / hazardous material.
SMART green procurement target no.2: As of April 1, 2013, paper with a minimum of 30% recycled contents will be used for printing and photocopying.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Percentage of paper with minimum 30% recycled contents consumed by the Department for printing and photocopying. 2010/2011

85%

2011/2012

95%

2012/2013

100%
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide.
  2. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services.
  3. Mandate the use of recycled paper with a minimum 30% recycled content
  4. Plans for engagement: Incorporate Mandate information into departmental contracting training for IFMS users and Acquisition Card holders.
  5. Monitor progress and address area of non compliance.
  6. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced resource use.
SMART green procurement target no.3: As of April 1, 2014, the Department will implement and promote a Battery Recycling program.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of facilities in NCR with a battery recycling program

Number of facilities in regional offices with a battery recycle program.

Excluding Department Legal Services Unit and other Justice units residing in commercial buildings shared with the private sector.
NCR
2011/2012 80%
2012 to 2014
90%

Regions
2011/2012
50%
2012/2013
80%
2013/2014
90%
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide.
  2. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services.
  3. Establish external partners for collection
  4. Plans for engagement: Promote the program through communication channels
  5. Reporting on percentage of regions with programs and amount of batteries disposed of 
  6. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced hazardous material.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

As of April 1, 2014, the Department will provide green procurement training for employees as it applies to the materiel life-cycle.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Training for Acquisition Cardholders

Percentage of new acquisition cardholders who have completed the training in the assessment period.
 100%  
Training for Staff with Limited Procurement Authority

Percentage of new administration staff granted limited procurement delegation that have completed the department's contracting training in the assessment period.
100%  
Training for Procurement
and Materiel Management Staff


Percentage of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have completed the Canada School of Public Servants Green Procurement training in the assessment period.

Note: Excluding positions that are vacant.
100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide.
  2. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services.
  3. Revise training material for procurement training for procurement personnel and Acquisition Card users. All new Acquisition cardholders and administration staff granted limited delegation will receive training on the requirements for green procurement.
  4. Plans for engagement: All procurement and materiel management professionals will receive green procurement training as it applies to the materiel life cycle.
  5. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use and resource consumption.
As of April 1, 2014, the Department will provide Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Performance Evaluations (indirectly linked to our objectives on fostering best practices and alignment with government of Canada agenda on procurement)

Number of managers and functional heads that have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.

Number of procurement, materiel management and real property functional specialists and their managers and functional heads that have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.

Note:

  • Not all procurement specialist report to the procurement functional lead. It maybe difficult to implement across all specialist.
  • The measurement excludes positions that are vacant.
 

2011/2012

70%

2012/2013

80%

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide
  2. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services
  3. All procurement and materiel management personnel will have green procurement terms in their annual performance agreements.
  4. Plans for engagement: Performance review process.
  5. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use and resource consumption.
As of April 1, 2014, the Department will provide Management processes and controls.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of computers, monitors and other electronic devices purchased that meet Energy Star certification or equivalent.

2011

100%

computers, monitors

2013/2014 100% of all other electronic devices

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide
  2. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services
  3. Plans for engagement:
    1. Review process documentation, including, but not limited to, policies, standards, guidelines, guides and manuals to incorporate a green component into the procurement strategy;
    2. Establish relative priorities of possible actions and identify and consult stakeholders;
    3. Establish a schedule and necessary approval processes for revising identified management processes and controls;
    4. Establish a corporate system (such as IFMS Plant Maintenance module or an equivalent) for monitoring the inclusion of environmental/green procurement considerations in management processes and controls;
    5. Establish Green selection criteria for goods (templates CID, RFP, etc.) to ensure environmental performance considerations are integrated into the procurement process to direct personnel towards the purchase of the environmentally preferable models.
  4. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use and resource consumption.

  • [1] A process is in place, and a plan is in development, which will be formalized in FY 2011-2012.
Top of Page

Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec



Greening of Government Operations

Additional tables on greening of government operations (GGO) are intended for departments and agencies which undertake to comply with the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement and the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

The Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec contributes to the attainment of five greening of government operations goals from the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.

Note that information presented in Reports on Plans and Priorities concerns planned results, whereas information presented in Departmental Performance Reports concerns actual results.

Surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) goal

8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Existence of an implementation plan for disposal of all electronic and electrical equipment generated by the Agency during the 2010-11 baseline year Yes, Commodity Management Framework  
Percentage of total number of Departmental locations whose electronic and electrical equipment plan has been fully implemented at the end of the given fiscal year FY2011–12 100%  
FY2012–13 100%  
FY2013–14 100%  

Strategies/comments

  1. The Agency’s Commodity Management Framework covers the life cycle of assets, in particular electronic and electrical equipment. All possible disposal methods are covered in the framework. During 2011-12, the framework will be updated so as to ensure that the requirements of the guideline concerning surplus electronic and electrical equipment are properly complied with.
  2. Currently, the Agency has 16 locations (offices) across Quebec, and disposal of assets and equipment is centralized at the Agency’s Planning, Co-ordination and Administration Directorate.

Printing unit reduction goal

8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Proportion of printing units per number of Agency office employees for the 2010-11 baseline year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 3:1  
Proportion of printing units per number of Agency office employees at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow FY2011–12 N/A  
FY2012–13 *  
FY2013–14 8:1  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: The Agency targets all buildings and premises and all employees in order to achieve a target of eight employees per printing unit. Even though certain buildings may have a smaller proportion owing to the building occupancy level or security considerations, the Agency will, overall, attain the objective.
  2. Definition of printing units: Network printers, local printers and multiplex units.
  3. Method used to determine the number of printing units: The Technology Directorate keeps an updated list of all units in place.
  4. Method used to determine the number of office employees: Population Affiliation Report1 from the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat (TBS).
  5. * Renewal of printers is carried out in bulk every three years. The latest renewal took place in March 2010, and the next is planned for late 2012-13. In view of the equipment life cycle, it would not be desirable or economical to establish a reduction target prior to the next renewal, so the target will be established for the RPP 2013-14.
  6. The Technology Directorate is responsible for monitoring attainment of the target.
  7. All Agency sectors are responsible for compliance with and attainment of the target.
  8. A communications strategy will have to be drawn up in order to raise Agency employees’ awareness.

Paper consumption goal

8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-06 and 2011-12, and applicable scope.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Number of sheets of office paper consumed or purchased per employee during the 2009-10 baseline year (optional for RPP 2011-12) N/A  
Cumulative reduction in paper consumption, as a percentage, compared with the chosen baseline year FY2011–12 *  
FY2012–13    
FY2013–14    

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: The Agency has chosen to include all its employees, rather than only office employees.
  2. * Method used to determine paper consumption: the quantity of paper purchased is determined manually from invoices. The baseline year will be 2009-10. The data are not, however, available for this year's Report.
  3. Method used to determine the number of employees: TBS Population Affiliation Report.
  4. Reporting requirements: Each year, the Agency’s Planning, Co-ordination and Administration (PCA) Directorate collects data from all business offices and the Government Affairs Branch. Data for head office are centralized at the PCA Directorate.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: Responsibility for attaining the target lies with all Agency sectors. The PCA Directorate will handle monitoring, information collection and reporting for this.
  6. A communications strategy will be developed in order to encourage employees to reduce paper consumption.

Green meetings goal

8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Adoption of a guide for greening meetings (optional for RPP 2011-12) Planned for 2011-12  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope of the guide for greening meetings: All departmental or interdepartmental meetings held in Agency offices.
  2. The PCA Directorate will analyse existing documents already in use by other departments and adapt one of them to the Agency’s needs.
  3. Adoption of the guide will follow approval by the Agency’s Departmental Management Committee (DMC) during 2011-12.
  4. Role and responsibility: All sectors/directorates are responsible for attainment of the target.
  5. The challenge will be to monitor application of the guide and conduct reporting. The use of telepresence will be an important component in achieving the green meeting goal.
  6. A communications strategy will have to be drawn up to publicize the guide and the means to be used to attain the target.

Green procurement goals

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART2 green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

As of April 1, 2011, 95% of computer purchases will be based on an environmentally preferable model.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Ratio of purchases of computers which attain the goal to the total volume of computers purchased during the year in question. N/A  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 95%  
FY 2012-13 95%  
FY 2013-14 95%  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: Computers are defined as desktop computers and exclude laptops.
  2. According to the Agency’s Technology Master Plan, renewal of all desktop computers takes place every three years, in a single purchase. The next renewal is scheduled for 2011-12. Additional needs arise regularly, however, and ad-hoc purchases are made.
  3. The Agency’s Technology Directorate is responsible for replacing desktop computers and reporting thereon.
As of March 31, 2014, 95% of new printers purchased will offer one or more environmental performance factors.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Proportion of printers purchased presenting environmental performance factors N/A  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 95%  
FY 2013-14 95%  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: Printing units are defined as network printers, local printers and multiplex units.
  2. The Agency’s Technology Directorate keeps an updated list of all units in place.
  3. Printers are renewed in bulk every three years. The last renewal took place in March 2010, and the next is scheduled for late 2012-13. That is why no goal has been set for the RPP 2011-12.
  4. Environmental performance factors will be identified for the selection of printers at the next renewal.
  5. The Agency’s Technology Directorate is responsible for monitoring attainment of the target.
By March 31, 2014, 90% of copy paper purchased will contain at least 30% recycled material.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Percentage of paper purchased containing at least 30% recycled material out of the total volume of paper purchased during the 2009-10 baseline year N/A  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 50%  
FY 2012-13 60%  
FY 2013-14 90%  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: Paper is defined as 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 14 and 11 x 17 paper.
  2. Method used to determine paper consumption: The quantity of paper purchased is determined manually from invoices. The baseline year will be 2009-10. The data are not, however, available for this year's Report.
  3. Reporting requirements: Each year, the Agency’s PCA Directorate collects data from all business offices and the Government Affairs Branch. Data for head office are centralized at the PCA Directorate.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Responsibility for attaining the target lies with all Agency sectors. The PCA Directorate will handle monitoring, information collection and reporting for this.
  5. A communications strategy will be developed in order to encourage employees to reduce paper consumption.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

From April 1, 2011, 100% of employees (manager, procurement officer and assistant) in the Procurement sector of the PCA Directorate will receive training on green procurement through Course C215 of the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS).
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Proportion of Procurement sector employees having taken CSPS Course C215 during the 2010-11 baseline year. 67%  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies/comments

  1. Three Procurement sector employees are concerned.
  2. Two of these three employees have taken training.
  3. Training used: CSPS Course C215 on green procurement only.
  4. Reporting requirements: Annual data collection from employees and the CSPS.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: The Agency’s PCA Directorate is responsible for monitoring of and reporting on green procurement training.
As of April 1, 2011, environmental considerations must be integrated into the performance evaluations of all the Agency’s Procurement sector employees.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Percentage of the Agency’s Procurement sector employees having in their performance agreements an environmental consideration goal for procurement, for the 2010-11 baseline year. 0%  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies/comments

  1. Three Procurement sector employees are concerned by the integration of environmental considerations in their performance evaluations.
  2. A SMART target will be included in the performance agreement of all PCA Directorate Procurement sector employees for 2011-12 in line with the process in place for the drafting of performance agreements.
By March 31, 2013, management processes and controls for procurement will ensure that environmental performance considerations are integrated in the four procurement processes.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal  
Number of processes revised in order to integrate environmental performance considerations, for the 2010-11 baseline year. (Number of processes to be revised: 4) 0  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year
(on a cumulative basis)
FY 2011-12 2  
FY 2012-13 4  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: Currently, the four procurement processes are: the Commodity Management Framework, ISO procedure on procurement, request for proposals for drawing up a contract, and procedure for consulting and professional services.
  2. All processes will be revised so as to integrate or enhance existing practices.
  3. Particular attention will be paid to action to be taken to comply with reporting requirements.

Notes:

Top of Page

Environment Canada



Erratum

Please note that since the tabling of the 2011-2012 RPP in June 2011, EC has established a departmental Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions Target and identified anticipated annual reductions in departmental GHG emissions from 2005-2006 levels. To this end, revisions have been made to both the English and French versions of EC's 2011-2012 Greening Government Operations supplementary table.

Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The Greening Government Operations (GGO) supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Green Building Targets


As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.1
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) Under development  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) Under development  
Existence of a strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) To be completed in 2011–2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In FY 2011–2012, EC will complete a strategic framework that outlines all considerations for this target as indicated in the mandatory implementation strategies for the Green Building targets in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.


As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing Crown buildings over 1000 m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.2
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000 m2, as per the departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) Under development  
Percentage of buildings over 1000 m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per the departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) Under development  
Existence of a strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) To be completed in 2011–2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In FY 2011–2012, EC will complete a strategic framework that outlines all considerations for this target as indicated in the mandatory implementation strategies for the Green Building targets in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy


As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000 m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.3
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000 m2 in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) Under development  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000 m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) Under development  
Existence of a strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) To be completed in 2011–2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In FY 2011–2012, EC will complete a strategic framework that outlines all considerations for this target as indicated in the mandatory implementation strategies for the Green Building targets in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.


As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.4
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) Under development  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) Under development  
Existence of a strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) To be completed in 2011–2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In FY 2011–2012, EC will complete a strategic framework that outlines all considerations for this target as indicated in the mandatory implementation strategies for the Green Building targets in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP* DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–2021, relative to fiscal year 2005–2006. 17%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–2006, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 22.6  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–2012 23.3  
FY 2012–2013 23.2  
FY 2013–2014 23.0  
FY 2014–2015 22.7  
FY 2015–2016 21.9  
FY 2016–2017 21.1  
FY 2017–2018 20.2  
FY 2018–2019 19.4  
FY 2019–2020 19.1  
FY 2020–2021 18.8  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–2012 +2.6%  
FY 2012–2013 +2.5%  
FY 2013–2014 +1.7%  
FY 2014–2015 +0.3%  
FY 2015–2016 -3.4%  
FY 2016–2017 -7.0%  
FY 2017–2018 -10.7%  
FY 2018–2019 -14.4%  
FY 2019–2020 -15.7%  
FY 2020–2021 -17.0%  

* Please note that since the tabling of the 2011-2012 RPP in June 2011, EC has established a departmental Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions Target and identified anticipated annual reductions in departmental GHG emissions from 2005-2006 levels. To this end, revisions have been made to both the English and French versions of EC's 2011-2012 Greening Government Operations supplementary table.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted GHG emissions sources include facilities and fleet.
  2. EC monitors and reports GHG emissions on 93% of owned floor space and the entire fleet inventory. The quantification of emissions for the remainder of the floor space is impracticable due to the effort involved in obtaining complete and accurate data. EC owns many small structures located in remote areas, such as National Wildlife Areas and upper air stations.
  3. Due to program growth since the baseline year, EC's emissions as of 2010-11 have increased for its facilities.
  4. EC's implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions includes: site-specific targets and actionable measures focused on specific categories (e.g. operations).

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of an implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Anticipated Completion by September 2012  
Total number of departmental locations with an EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–2012 33% (2/6)  
FY 2012–2013    
FY 2013–2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of “location”: For the purpose of this RPP, departmental locations will be defined as regions.
  2. Number of locations: EC is located within 6 regions across Canada
  3. Implementation strategies: In FY 2011–2012, EC will develop an EEE implementation plan that outlines all considerations as required by the mandatory implementation strategies for this target in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply the target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) Data not currently available  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–2012 5:1  
FY 2012–2013    
FY 2013–2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Printing Units: For this target for 2011–2012, EC will define “printing units” as network printers and multi-functional devices. In upcoming years, EC will work to include other categories such as desktop printers, scanners, fax machines and or photocopiers as departmental inventories progress and improve.
  2. EC will include all departmental employees, instead of just office employees, and will track its calculation using annual data from a departmental human resource inventory. Printing units will be tracked using departmental inventory data.
  3. EC anticipates a number of accommodation moves that will allow implementation of printer rationalization and therefore a decrease in network printer.

Paper Consumption Target


By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per the departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Data not available  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to the baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) FY 2011–2012 To be developed  
FY 2012–2013    
FY 2013–2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. In FY 2011–2012, EC will determine a baseline year, baseline paper consumption quantities, tracking methodology, applicable scope and implementation strategies.
  2. EC has had a number of best practices in use for many years, including default duplex printing (i.e. installation of new printers are set on duplex as default) as well as printer rationalization, which contributes to less paper being consumed as less printers are employed and used. Other activities include the use of ECollab, an e-document management and collaboration tool that enables better collaboration, improved information management across the Department and offers significant improvement in how we create, store, organize, find and manage documents electronically.

Green Meetings Target


By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Yes – Updated in August 2007  

Strategies / Comments

  1. EC developed the Green Meeting Guide and has encouraged its use in all types and levels of meetings since it was released. It is also applied to major events hosted by EC.
  2. Over 100 videoconferencing locations across Canada are accessible to EC employees to have virtual meetings or presentations with colleagues throughout the Department.

Green Procurement Targets

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By April 1, 2012, Environment Canada will utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 95% of its standard office desktop computer purchases.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of standard office desktop computer units purchased using green procurement instruments that meet the target relative to the total number of all standard office desktop computer units purchased. To be completed in 2011–2012  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all criteria of a SMART target that is specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. EC will buy its standard office desktop computer purchases from the PWGSC’s standing offer (SO) for IT equipment. The SO offers equipment that meets internationally recognized and multi-faceted environmental standards such as EPEAT Silver, as well as a number of environmental considerations that include levels of hazardous materials content, energy efficiency, design for end of life/disassembly, reduced packaging, supplier environmental performance and extended life of computer assets.


By March 31, 2014, Environment Canada will achieve a 90% reduction in bottled water purchases from 2007–2008 levels.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental expenditures on bottled water purchased in 2007–2008. 149K  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 50%
reduction
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all criteria of a SMART target that is specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound. By March 31, 2011, a departmental policy on bottled water will be implemented to support the elimination of supplemental bottled water purchases where potable water is already being supplied through the building’s infrastructure.
  2. By March 31, 2011, a departmental Policy on Bottled Water will be implemented to support the elimination of supplemental bottled water purchases where potable water is already being supplied through the building’s infrastructure.
  3. Scope: This target is applicable throughout EC and applies to all buildings where employees occupy a full-time place of work.
  4. Exceptions to this target: Bottled water purchased for field work or in remote locations, scientific experimentation, emergencies, travel status as outlined in the National Joint Council Travel Directive and for hospitality as per the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat Hospitality Policy.


By March 31, 2014, 90% of copy paper purchases will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have a forest certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value of paper purchases meeting the target relative to the total dollar value of all paper purchases in the given year of reporting. Data not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 70% of purchases  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The data needed for this target will be complementary to data supplied from PWGSC for the paper consumption target.

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls as they pertain to procurement decision making.


Training for select employees.

By March 31, 2014, 90% of designated materiel managers and procurement personnel will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the CSPS, or any other federal department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of designated materiel managers and procurement personnel who have taken the course relative to the total of all designated materiel managers and procurement personnel who must take a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the CSPS, or any other federal department. To be developed by March 31, 2011  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 50%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all criteria of a SMART target that is specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. By March 31, 2011, an internal assessment will be completed to determine the type of positions that should take the training, and then to determine the total number of employees impacted, minus those who have already taken the course to indicate the departmental target population (determining baseline information).


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2014, environmental considerations will be incorporated into 100% of all the performance evaluations of designated functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of designated functional heads of procurement and materiel management that incorporate environmental considerations, relative to the total number of performance evaluations of all designated functional heads of procurement and materiel management. To be developed by March 31, 2011  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 50%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. By March 31, 2011, an internal assessment will be completed to determine the positions that should incorporate environmental considerations in performance evaluations, to then determine the total number of employees impacted, minus those employees who already have environmental considerations incorporated in their performance evaluations (determining baseline information).


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of 4 designated management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement, will have incorporated environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of management processes and controls that pertain to procurement that have environmental considerations. 3  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 4  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Comment: This will always be a dynamic, variable number as year-round planning and departmental priorities vary from year to year. Increasingly, program areas or enabling services find it necessary to incorporate management frameworks to continually measure and monitor progress in the current results-oriented environment.
  2. Management processes and controls identified: IT Assets Management Policy; Integrated Investment Planning process; and Accommodations Investment Planning and Accommodations Framework.


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario



Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Strategies / Comments

  1. Given FedDev Ontario's early stage of development, efforts are ongoing to build internal capacity across all facets of the organization. Over the coming year, FedDev Ontario plans to implement an effective approach to procurement planning through the establishment of key management processes and controls. These will ensure consistent and appropriate use of the PWGSC Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments, including paper, imaging devices, IT hardware, furniture and toner cartridges.
  2. FedDev Ontario will undertake an education campaign around green workplace behaviour, including:
    1. Appropriate power consumption behaviours.
    2. Reduction of reliance on consumables (paper.)
  3. FedDev Ontario will identify key individuals within the procurement services delivery and ensure that necessary training on green procurement is provided.
  4. FedDev Ontario will undertake a complete assessment of existing policy instruments and engage senior management on the inclusion of green procurement objectives into employee performance metrics.
  5. FedDev Ontario is an active participant in the Government of Canada Digital Office Initiative and expects to significantly reduce the reliance on paper products through this initiative. The main expected benefit of this modernized approach to recordkeeping would be the increased use of electronic records where paper would have been the norm in the past. This will be accomplished through a combination of updated policies, use of modern IT systems and user education on green recordkeeping practices.
Top of Page

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status    

Strategies / Comments

In fiscal year 2011-12 FINTRAC will meet all applicable requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement.

Top of Page

Fisheries and Oceans Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2011-12, Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) will finalize the development of the strategic framework for green buildings.  Implementation of the strategic framework will begin in 2012-13.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in 2011–12) N/A  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2011-12, DFO will finalize the development of the strategic framework for green buildings. Implementation of the strategic framework will begin in 2012-13.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2011-12, DFO will finalize the development of the strategic framework for green buildings. Implementation of the strategic framework will begin in 2012-13.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2011-12, DFO will finalize the development of the strategic framework for green buildings.  Implementation of the strategic framework will begin in 2012-13.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by 2020–21, relative to 2005–06. 11%  
Departmental GHG emissions in 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 39.4  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 2011–12 38.0  
2012–13    
2013–14    
2014–15    
2015–16    
2016–17    
2017–18    
2018–19    
2019–20    
2020–21    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from 2005–06 to the end of the given fiscal year. 2011–12 3.5% reduction  
2012–13    
2013–14    
2014–15    
2015–16    
2016–17    
2017–18    
2018–19    
2019–20    
2020–21    

Strategies / Comments

  1. DFO monitors and reports GHG emissions on 70% of owned floor space and the entire motor vehicle inventory. The quantification of emissions for the remainder of the floor space is impracticable due to the effort involved in obtaining complete and accurate data. DFO owns many small structures located in remote areas, such as lighthouses, search and rescue stations and sites with seasonal operations.

  2. GHG emissions from Canadian Coast Guard vessels and aircraft are monitored and reported; however, these emissions are not part of the GHG reduction target for national safety and security reasons.

  3. DFO has developed an Implementation Plan to determine actions for reducing GHG emissions in order to achieve the target.

  4. DFO has engaged the services of a consultant to assist with the drafting of a departmental plan to reduce GHG emissions from its vehicle fleet.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. 2011–12 85%  
2012–13    
2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. DFO defines locations as regions and will be reporting on this target by region (seven regions).

  2. By March 31, 2012, DFO will develop an implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE.

  3. DFO will be using provincial run disposal service where available or PWGSC Standing Offers in locations where provincial services are not available.

  4. Currently DFO uses provincial run services in five provinces and PWGSC in four other provinces.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A for 2010-11  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 2011–12 3:1  
2012–13    
2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. For this target, DFO has defined printing unit as: (e.g., desktop printers, networked printers, multifunctional devices, faxes, photocopiers, etc.)

  2. Scope: Exclusions will include:

    1. printers dedicated to specialized printing for specific laboratory and/or field equipment;

    2. printers that are onboard Canadian Coast Guard and DFO vessels;

    3. printers that have been identified for applications specific tasks such as issuing of fishing licenses or those that have been identified for Duty to Accommodate.

    4. Printers that are dedicated to printing Classified documents

      During 2011-12, additional exclusions may be added.
  3. Tracking methodologies for printing units: DFO will use the data from its internal tracking system to determine network connected print devices. All newly purchased and replaced network print devices will be captured in DFO's asset management system to determine the ratio of its new print devices to employees.

  4. During 2011-12, DFO will define tracking methodologies for office employees.

  5. DFO will continue to use its Green IT Print Guideline document to review new and replacement requests for print devices.

  6. In order to achieve targets, all DFO Sectors and Regional organizations will need to take pro-active measures to consciously reduce printer utilization. Senior Management will be asked to support targeted reductions of printing devices.

  7. DFO will strengthen and communicate acquisition guidelines for print devices.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A*  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) 2011–12 N/A  
2012–13    
2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. *In 2011-12, DFO will develop and/or finalize a baseline, scope, and tracking methodologies for this target.

  2. DFO put in place a line object in its ABACUS financial system to track the purchases of paper, as per the definition, starting April 1, 2010.
  3. DFO will develop a policy on the procurement of paper to include the reduction of paper use.

  4. This target is closely tied to the FSDS). FSDS target 8.7 "Achieving the Printing Unit Reduction". With the use of features such as double-sided printing and the increased use of Multi-Functional Printing devices and the reduction of printers in workspaces, paper consumption will be reduced.

  5. DFO will continue to roll out its EKME file/records management system, in order to encourage employee to save records electronically.

  6. A communication plan and strategy will be developed for 2011-12 and will include communiqués and fact sheets. The plan will sensitize employees on the importance of reducing paper consumption and the Department's Green Plan.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No, expected completion date March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2011-12, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will finish drafting and adopt a green meeting guide.

  2. Adoption of the green meeting guide will include approval from senior management, dissemination to employees, publishing on internal websites, etc.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


Paper Purchases:

A. By March 31, 2012, 95% of copy paper purchases will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification or EcoLogom or equivalent certification.

B. By March 31, 2013, 10% of copy paper purchases will contain a minimum of 50% recycled content and have forest management certification or EcoLogom or equivalent certification.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

A. Percentage of paper purchases that contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and has forest management certification or EcoLogo or equivalent certification.

B. Percentage of paper purchases that contain a minimum of 50% recycled content and has forest management certification or EcoLogo or equivalent certification.

N/A

 

N/A

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. A. 95% in 2011-12

B. 10% in 2012 -13
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. DFO has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.

  2. Exclusions include paper used by the Canadian Hydrographic Services for printing maps and paper supplies used with laboratory equipment, chart plotters and any other specified equipment. Target is restricted to paper used in office machines, i.e.: photocopiers/printers.

  3. DFO has assigned a line object in its ABACUS financial system, to be used to track/monitor the purchase of paper used for printing and photocopying.

  4. Isolated locations where local suppliers can not provide recycled paper at or above 30% will be exempted.


Information Technology (IT) Hardware:

As of April 1, 2011 the life cycle of office computers (i.e. desktops and laptops only) will be extended, with the replacement period being scheduled for the fifth year of service.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Using 2010-11 as a baseline, 500 fewer desktops per year will be replaced annually.* N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 500 fewer desktops purchased  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DFO has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.

  2. * 2010-11 baseline will need to be defined early in 2011-12.

  3. DFO will use the data from its Axios Assyst Assets System to determine the ratio of its new office computers to employees.

  4. It is expected that a five year replacement period will:

    1. Result in a decrease in departmental E-Waste and a reduction of operating expenses.
    2. Reduce average spend on office computers per office employee.
  5. Exclusions include computers that must be compatible with laboratory and/or field equipment, or the computers on board CCG and DFO vessels.


Greening the procurement of stationary and office supplies:  

By March 31, 2013, DFO will increase the value of goods and services purchased though “Green” consolidated procurement instruments.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value of goods & services purchased though “Green” consolidated procurement instruments in baseline fiscal year. N/A*  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DFO has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.

  2. *In 2011-12, DFO will identify a baseline year and final tracking methodologies for this target.

  3. By March 31, 2012, DFO will incorporate into its departmental automated financial and procurement system a means for identifying “green” consolidated procurement instruments.

  4. In 2011-12, DFO will develop a communication strategy and tools and begin roll-out of the tools.

  5. By March 31, 2012, 70% of procurement specialists who procure goods and services will have been informed on how to identify environmentally preferable goods and/or services.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for select employees:

Green Procurement training for the employees engaged in procurement activities in DFO:

By March 31, 2014, 95% of materiel managers and procurement personnel and 50% of acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service, or any other federal government department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Percentage of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have been trained.

Percentage of acquisition cardholders who have green procurement training.

N/A

N/A

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DFO has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.

  2. By March 31, 2012, the training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service, or any other federal government department, will be mandatory for all new acquisition cardholders. (Within 60 days of receiving the card).

  3. All procurement specialists (PGs) and materiel managers in DFO will complete the mandatory training required within 1 year of their start date in the procurement area.

  4. DFO Policy on Acquisition Cards will be amended to include mandatory training on Green Procurement.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management:

By March 31, 2012, all managers and functional specialists engaged in procurement and materiel management will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DFO has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.

  2. Update current instructions to managers for the preparation of yearly employee evaluations.

  3. These instructions will include recommended environmental clauses and methodology for including / excluding managers and functional specialists from the requirement.

  4. DFO will set up a reporting process to track the inclusions of environmental considerations in performance evaluations.


Management processes and controls:

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of 3 departmental procurement and materiel management policies, guidelines and/or standards will be amended to include mandatory green practices and purchasing where relevant.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of updates to departmental procurement and materiel management policies, guidelines and/or standards. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DFO has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.

  2. In 2011-12, DFO will develop a work plan and identify departmental procurement and materiel management policies, guidelines and/or standards.

  3. In 2011-12, DFO will commence a review and begin updating policies, guidelines and standards.



Notes:

Top of Page

Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada



Table 3: Greening Government Operations

Table 3.1: Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target

8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE. No. Expected completion date: March 2012.  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 100%  
FY 2012-2013 100%  
FY 2013-2014 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of location: DFAIT offices within the National Capital Region. (In fiscal year 2011-2012, DFAIT will work to expand this target to its regional offices within Canada.)
  2. Number of locations within DFAIT: Seven locations in the National Capital Region
  3. Implementation strategies:
    1. All National Capital Region DFAIT offices will return EEE to Distribution and Diplomatic Mail Services (Transportation and Warehousing AAGW), 125 Sussex Drive.
    2. Each return must be accompanied by a completed DFAIT EXT 369 Disposal Report Form that clearly identifies each unit as being in working or non-working order.
    3. A regular schedule for disposal of EEE will be established and circulated to all domestic offices

Table 3.2: Printing Unit Reduction Target

8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 3:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-2012 6:1  
FY 2012-2013 8:1  
FY 2013-2014 8:1  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of printing units: The definition includes network printers, standalone printers and multifunctional devices attached to the departmental network.
  2. Scope: Includes all DFAIT locations within the National Capital Region.
  3. Method for determining the number of printing units: The number of printers was determined by identifying the number of active print queues on the network and tabulating the number of standalone printers acquired by manufacturer and model since 2005. The number excludes printers on the secure network.
  4. Method for determining the number of office employees: Human Resource Management System Business Intelligence Cube, which indicated 4,076 employees and 300 contractors (estimated) in the National Capital Region, for a total of 4,376 as of October 2010. Only employees within the National Capital Region were used because they represent 99% of all departmental employees in Canada.
  5. Implementation strategies:
    1. Develop, under the authority of the Chief Information Officer, a DFAIT print device policy that establishes the 8 to 1 ratio on print devices (standalones, network printers and multifunction print devices) for all departmental locations in Canada. This policy will be implemented gradually through equipment attrition, cluster replacement with single units and elimination wherever possible of standalone printers.
    2. Establish a process or procedure that will facilitate the review of the business case for each request for a new or replacement print device. It will also address the upgrade, repair and relocation of existing and new print devices. The process will map the business case for any requirement that contravenes the print device ratio policy.
    3. Promote the removal and reduction of single-user standalone print devices where the business case is not warranted or supported.

Table 3.3: Paper Consumption Target

8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 8,737 sheets per office employee in 2008-2009  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-2012 20% anticipated reduction  
FY 2012-2013 N/A  
FY 2013-2014 N/A  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Scope: Paper volume is the total volume of paper (all sizes and colours) used in printers and photocopiers on an annual basis in all DFAIT locations in the National Capital Region.
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: Paper consumption is tracked by the Material Management group on an ongoing monthly basis. Paper usage in 2008-2009 in the National Capital Region was 38,924,000 sheets.
  3. Method used for determining office employees: Human Resource Management System Business Intelligence Cube, which indicated 4,155 employees and 300 contractors (estimate) in the National Capital Region, for a total of 4,455 as of March 2009. Only employees within the National Capital Region were used because they represent 99% of all departmental employees in Canada.
  4. Implementation strategies:
    1. Promote awareness of "Green It" initiatives within DFAIT to reduce the department's environmental footprint.
    2. Implement double-sided printing as a default on all DFAIT network print devices

Table 3.4: Green Meetings Target

8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide Yes  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Endorse use of Environment Canada's Green Meeting Guide.
  2. Provide a link to this guide on DFAIT’s Sustainable Development intranet site.

Table 3.5: Green Procurement Targets

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage (in dollar or volume) of paper purchases meeting the target relative to total amount (in dollar or volume) of all paper purchases in the given year.    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies/Comments
SMART Target Requirements:

  1. Specific: Presently procuring, through PWGSC standing offers, paper with 30% post-consumer content. This paper has the FDL trademark (FDL = Fiber Diverted from Landfills) and is certified by BLI (Buyers Laboratory Inc.).
  2. Measurable: Statistical data will be extracted from the Material Management module of the department’s financial management system.
  3. Achievable: Target already in progress through existing standing offers.
  4. Relevant: FSC products (certified by Forest Stewardship Council) regularly procured.
  5. Time-bound: FSC feature is already available on the market.
  6. Other Considerations:
  7. Implementation Strategies: Incorporate new FSC products as they become available. Increase internal communication to promote awareness and consumption of green products.

By March 31, 2014, 60% of purchases of chairs, cabinets, shelving, panels and desks will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage (in dollar or volume) of furniture purchases meeting the target relative to total amount (in dollar or volume) of all furniture purchases in the given year Yes  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 60%  

Strategies/Comments
SMART Target Requirements:

  1. Specific: Presently procuring through PWGSC standing offers
  2. Measurable: Statistical data will be extracted from the Material Management module of the department's financial management system.
  3. Achievable: Target already in progress through existing standing offers and incorporated into technical requirements as relevant to the commodity
  4. Relevant: Online ordering system (Shop@DFAIT) already identifies green products.
  5. Time-bound: The market continues to evolve in its supply of these specific green products.
  6. Other Considerations:
  7. Implementation Strategies: Incorporate new products as they become available. Increase internal communication to promote awareness and consumption of green products

By March 31, 2014, 60% of purchases of copy paper, envelopes, notebooks, file folders, binders, writing instruments, toner cartridges and batteries will have environmental features
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value (or volume) of office supply purchases meeting the target relative to total dollar value (or volume) of all office supply purchases in the given year Yes  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 60%  

Strategies/Comments
SMART Target Requirements:

  1. Specific: Purchases of copy paper, envelopes, notebooks, file folders and binders will have recycled content and renewable resources
  2. Measurable: Statistical data will be extracted from the Material Management module of the department's financial management system.
  3. Achievable: Target already in progress through existing standing offers and incorporated into technical requirements as relevant to the commodity.
  4. Relevant: Online ordering system (Shop@DFAIT) already identifies green products.
  5. Time-bound: The market continues to evolve in its supply of these specific green products
  6. Other Considerations:
  7. Implementation Strategies: Incorporate new products as they become available. Increase internal communication to promote awareness and consumption of green products.

Table 3.6: Training, Performance Evaluation, Management Processes and Controls

Training for select employees:
As of April 1, 2011, 90% of materiel managers and procurement personnel (including all PG classified employees, as well as employees identified as a procurement and/or materiel management functional specialist) will receive green procurement training through CSPS course C215.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff.    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies/Comments

Why This Self-Selected Target Is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 90%, type of employee, and type of training
  2. Measurable: Information available from CSPS and in-house HR tracking system.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates all existing and new designated employees to take green procurement training
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: See target wording.
  2. In-house training used: None—CSPS Course C215 only.
  3. Reporting requirements: Collect data from CSPS annually; HR maintains an up-to-date list of employees with and/or needing training.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Director General, Corporate Operations Bureau (SPD), is the lead for procurement policy and community development.
  5. Opportunities for continuous improvement: Targeting 100% of employees is difficult due to turnover. However, in future years, acquisition card holders could also be targeted.
  6. Plans for engagement: Email dissemination of departmental policy mandating training.

Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management:
As of April 1, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations that incorporated environmental considerations, relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.    
Number of performance evaluations that incorporated environmental considerations, relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. 100%  

Strategies/Comments

Why This Self-Selected Target Is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100% and type of employee.
  2. Measurable: Information available from in-house HR tracking system
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates that all existing and new functional heads of procurement and materiel management include environmental considerations in their performance evaluations.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: Directors General (DGs) and Directors of PG classified employees and employees identified as procurement and/or materiel management functional specialists.
  2. Reporting requirements: DGs to report to target lead.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: DG Corporate Operations Bureau (SPD) is the lead for procurement policy and community development.
  4. Plans for engagement: Inclusion in Employee Performance Management Agreements

Management processes and controls:
By March 31, 2013, all identified management processes and controls relating to procurement will have incorporated environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of departmental procurement processes and controls that incorporate environmental considerations relative to total number of departmental procurement processes and controls that should address environmental considerations    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 70%  

Strategies/Comments

Why This Self-Selected Target Is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of all identified processes and controls.
  2. Measurable: Existence of baseline list of all formalized management processes and controls.
  3. Achievable: Dedicated employees responsible for target.
  4. Relevant: Decision-making authority for purchases decentralized.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: Analysis of department's decision-making processes and controls to determine those that should include environmental considerations.
  2. Reporting requirements: DG to lead reports annually.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: DG Corporate Operations Bureau (SPD) is the lead for procurement policy and community development.
  4. Mechanisms to evaluate: First review scheduled in 2014.
  5. Plans for engagement: Discussion topic of Management Committee

Table 3.7: Reporting on the Purchase of Offset Credits

Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Quantity of emissions offset in 2011-2012 fiscal year. To be determined  

Strategies/Comments

  1. In keeping with its commitment to sustainable development goals, the department will increase awareness of sound environmental, social and economic sustainability practices of waste minimization and management, pollution reduction and energy conservation.
  2. During the planning stage of major international events, DFAIT makes a commitment that the event will be carbon neutral. Being carbon neutral requires that we first take all reasonable measures to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions, calculate the remaining emissions and then mitigate those to zero by purchasing emission reduction credits or carbon offsets.
  3. DFAIT will follow the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.
Top of Page

Hazardous Materials Information Review Commission



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional) N/A

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The HMIRC's Director of Financial Policy and Operations is responsible for addressing all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.

  2. Management Processes and Controls:
    • In 2011-2012, all contracting documents will be reviewed to include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required.
    • The HMIRC procurement and material management specialists will review internal procurement policies and strategies to ensure environmental considerations are included into the procurement and disposal process.
  3. Setting Targets: The HMIRC will ensure that 50% of all purchases are made through PWGSC green consolidated instruments, where available. This is the HMIRC's first year applying a green procurement strategy and will use this year to get abase line to measure against. Next year the HMIRC will review and adjust targets as needed.

  4. Meeting Targets: The green procurement strategies established will be reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that the HMIRC is successful in their achievement by end of fiscal year 2011-2012.

  5. Training:
    • All procurement specialists at the HMIRC will take the Canada School of Public Service online Green Procurement (C215E) course.
    • Senior management will also increase staff awareness of environmental issues, such as limiting the number of printed copies of documents to only what is necessary and using two-sided printing and copying where feasible.
  6. Performance Evaluations: In 2011-2012 the Director Financial Policy and Operations, as the responsible individual for green procurement, will have an objective included in his performance agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.
Top of Page

Health Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Completed (2011-12)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The strategic framework for the greening of Health Canada's buildings will detail how the department intends to meet the green buildings target, 8.1.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Completed (2011-12)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The strategic framework for the greening of Health Canada's buildings will detail how the department intends to meet the green buildings target, 8.2.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Completed (2011-12)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The strategic framework for the greening of Health Canada's buildings will detail how the department intends to meet the green buildings target, 8.3.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Completed (2011-12)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The strategic framework for the greening of Health Canada's buildings will detail how the department intends to meet the green buildings target, 8.4.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 10%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 3.06  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 3.03  
FY 2012-13 3.00  
FY 2013-14 2.97  
FY 2014-15 2.94  
FY 2015-16 2.91  
FY 2016-17 2.88  
FY 2017-18 2.85  
FY 2018-19 2.82  
FY 2019-20 2.79  
FY 2020-21 2.76  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 -1%  
FY 2012-13 -1%  
FY 2013-14 -1%  
FY 2014-15 -1%  
FY 2015-16 -1%  
FY 2016-17 -1%  
FY 2017-18 -1%  
FY 2018-19 -1%  
FY 2019-20 -1%  
FY 2020-21 -1%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Interim target: The department's annual interim target is 1% absolute reduction in GHG emissions annually (until 2020-21), relative to baseline fiscal year of 2005-06. This represents 30% of the department's overall GHG reduction target by 2014. Therefore, by the end of the first Departmental SDS under the FSDS, the department should have achieved a 3% reduction of GHG emissions.
  2. Scope: only on-road Fleet operations are included within this target, no incremental funding is being made available.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: DG of Materiel and Asset Management Directorate (MAMD) is overseeing this target, with input and support from the Fleet Managers and Cost Centre Managers in Health Canada.
  4. Key Activities: Replacement of old vehicles, policy adherence, awareness and communications.
  5. Reporting Requirements: Annual GHG emissions will be assessed with the Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol - A Common Standard for Federal Operations, which is provided by PWGSC. HC uses the ARI data base to monitor and manage fleet operations.
  6. Tools and Resources: Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol - A Common Standard for Federal Operations, ARI database which manages fleet operations and an in-house MS Access data to run reports.
  7. An action plan will be developed to encourage conformity to HC's fleet standards, which includes "greening" the fleet.
  8. HC will also:
    • Provide stronger direction, guidance and a challenge function to fleet operators.
    • Utilize best practices already established from the more successful Regions/Programs.
    • Investigate practices from other Departments with similar fleet challenges.
    • Ramp up communications (Goods News, BC News, NAMMC meetings, etc.)
  9. HC will investigate the installation of after-market devices to reduce fuel consumption or track vehicle use statistics (e.g., anti-idling devices, heat recovery systems, or global positioning system devices); Review public/alternative transportation options (urban and remote); and will communicate a greater reliance on tele/video conferencing vs. travel and the use of rental vehicles, where applicable.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Completed  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 12.5%  
FY 2012-13 N/A  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. By the end of the fiscal year 2011-2012, Health Canada will have a fully developed implementation plan to ensure the reuse or recycling of all its surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
  2. Furthermore, Health Canada will fully implement its plan in the National Capital Region (NCR) by the end of fiscal year 2011-2012. While representing only one region (out of eight), the NRC region is, by virtue of its employee population, responsible for the majority of EEE waste generated by the department.
  3. The department is defining location as a region, of which there are eight (8); NCR, Atlantic, Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba-Saskatchewan, Alberta, British Colombia and the Northern region. By March 31, 2014 all regions will be included in this program.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 N/A  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Health Canada is defining printing units as all desktop printers, networked printers and multi-functional devices.
  2. Health Canada will be including all employees, not only office employees. However, the following employees will be excluded: employees who frequently deal with confidential or secret documents, those working in a space with a maximum of 15 employees or less, and employees requiring personal printers due to a disability.
  3. The number of network printing units will be determined utilizing OpenView; a network discovery service. Personal printing units will be accounted for through a method of floor walk-through and analysis of asset management databases and tools.
  4. Health Canada will use a combination of Human Resources statistics and the TBS Population Affiliation Report for determining the number of employees.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) TBD  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Health Canada will use 2011-2012 fiscal year as the baseline year to measure internal paper consumption per office employee. Leading up to the baseline year, Health Canada will establish a concrete strategy to meet the 20% target.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Completed (2010-11)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Health Canada is committed to adopting a guide for green meetings by end of FY 2011-2012 and adopting it by March 31, 2012.
  2. Adoption of this guide is defined as obtaining approval from senior management, making the guide available to all Health Canada employees and ensuring effective communication of the guide's principles through awareness campaigns.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.5


8.10 Target 1: By March 31, 2014, 60% of IT hardware purchases will be identified as environmentally preferred models up from 29% in 2009-10.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Increase percentage of IT hardware purchases identified as environmentally friendly from baseline of 29% in 2009-10. 48%  
Percentage of IT hardware purchases that meet the target relative to total of all purchases for IT hardware in the given year. 29%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. i. Scope: N7010 ADP equipment
    N7020 ADP CPU
    N7021 ADP CPU
    N7022 ADP CPU
    N7025 ADP Input-Output
    N7035 ADP support equipment
    N7042 Mini and micro computer control devices
  2. Exclusions: laboratory or field equipment and purchases using acquisition cards
  3. Departmental policy mandates use of PWGSC standing offers (which include IT hardware purchases).
  4. IT hardware purchases represent approximately 50% of assets
  5. Other: Volume/percentage of "unknown" responses from the baseline year (34.7%)
  6. Other: HC will utilize its green procurement field in SAP to assess the environmental friendliness of IT Hardware. To decrease confusion on what is "green", SAP users have been given six specific options to choose from and extensive documentation on each:
    • Unknown (Included to increase data reliability and assess the level of user awareness)
    • Environmental Attributes of Supplier
    • Uncertified Environmental Attribute
    • Certified Environmental Attribute(s)
    • Recycled Content
    • No Environmental Attribute
  7. A communication strategy will be developed to encourage procurement officers and/or Cost-Centre Managers to comply in purchasing "green" IT hardware and utilize the SAP system to identify the greenness of procured items.
  8. Investigate whether IT Hardware providers (standing offers) can be limited to offering environmental preferred products only.


8.10 Target 2: By March 31, 2014, 60% of specified purchases of office supplies will be identified as having environmental features up from 30% in 2009/10.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Increase percentage of office supply purchases identified as environmentally friendly from baseline of 30% in 2009-10. 50%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 10%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: N7045 ADP supplies
    N7510 Office supplies
    N7520 Office devices and accessories
    N7530 Stationary
    N7540 Standard forms
    N7035 ADP support equipment
    N7042 Mini and micro computer control devices
    Exclusions: purchases using acquisition cards
  2. Other: HC will utilize its green procurement field in SAP to identify "office supplies" with environmental features. To decrease confusion on what is "green", SAP users have been given six specific options to choose from and extensive documentation on each:
    • Unknown (Included to increase data reliability and assess the level of user awareness)
    • Environmental Attributes of Supplier
    • Uncertified Environmental Attribute
    • Certified Environmental Attribute(s)
    • Recycled Content
    • No Environmental Attribute
  3. A communication strategy will be developed to encourage procurement officers and/or Cost-Centre Managers to comply with purchasing "green" office supplies and utilize the SAP system to identify the greenness of procured items.
  4. Investigate whether office supply providers (standing offers) can be limited to offering environmental preferred products only.


8.10 Target 3: By March 31, 2014, 90% of vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs and are the most fuel efficient vehicle in its class, as per HC Fleet Standards and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number/percentage of vehicles purchased in a given year that conform to the directives of HC Fleet Standard versus number of vehicles purchased that did not comply to HC's Fleet standard. TBD  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Semi annual reports will be obtained through SAP and/or ARI to identify new fleet acquisitions. These will be individually assessed against the existing fleet standard matrices to determine compliance.
  2. The current HC standard was developed in 2008 and is to be updated annually.
  3. A communication strategy is being developed to encourage compliance to the standard.
  4. Investigate centralized fleet management and fleet procurement options.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


8.11 Target 1: Training for Select Employees

As of March 31, 2014, 100% of materiel management staff (including Director/manager and staff levels identified as having procurement functions and responsibilities in their respective work plans), will receive green procurement training through CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number/percentage of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff identified with such responsibilities in any given year. 60  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. (82%)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Green Procurement policy supports all designated employees (PG group) to take green procurement training.
  2. An annual Human Resources report identifying PG group employees will be compared to MAMD's listing of participants having taken the green procurement training through CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.
  3. Total number of PG positions at HC = 60
  4. iv. PGs that have not taken the course(s) will be followed up accordingly to encourage compliance.


8.11 Target 2: As of March 31, 2014, 100% of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management will have greening of government operations included in their Employee performance evaluations
Phase 1a: As of April 1, 2011, employee performance evaluations for PG Group Directors and Managers as it relates to greening of government operations (including adherence to greening initiatives /directions / frameworks and standards by subordinates) will be incorporated into their Employee performance evaluations
Phase 1b: As of April 1, 2012 employee performance evaluations related to greening of government operations will be included as part of the Corporate Commitments for Executives.
Phase 2: By April 1 2013, employee performance evaluations for Program and Regional Managers with procurement responsibilities/authorities related to greening of government operations (including adherence to greening initiatives/directions/frameworks and standards by subordinates) will be included as part of their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Phase 1a:
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management within MAMD that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions.
Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.

Phase 1b:
Number/percent of performance evaluations of identified EX positions that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified EX positions.
Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.

Phase 2:
Number/percent of performance evaluations of identified positions (Regional Directors and PG Program Managers) that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions.
Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.
2/11






TBD







TBD
 
Phase 1a: Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
Phase 1b: Acceptance/Inclusion of "greening of government operations" as part of the Corporate Commitments for Executives and specific identification of positions and applicable clauses.
Phase 2: Specific identification of positions and applicable clauses
18 %



TBD


TBD
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Phase 1a - By April 1, 2011 all HC Materiel and Asset Management Managers and functional Heads within the Materiel and Assets Management Directorate (1 DG, 3 PG-6 Directors and 7 PG-5 Managers) will have Greening of Government Operations clauses embedded into their Employee Performance Evaluations.
  2. Phase 1b - By April 1, 2012 HC will develop strategies to have Greening of Government Operations embedded into the Corporate Commitments for Executives; including identifying applicable EX positions and matching them to appropriate clauses.
  3. Phase 2 - HC will develop the extent of the scope of Program and Regional Managers with procurement responsibilities/authorities related to greening of government operations during 2011-2012 and develop and implement strategies to incorporate environmental clauses into their employee performance evaluations


8.11 Target 3: Management processes and controls

By 2014, HC will ensure that 100% of management processes and controls accommodate green procurement, as appropriate.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of Procurement related tools with a "greening" process vs. number of Procurement tools still requiring a "greening" process" TBD  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. 2011-12 will be spent analysing department's decision-making processes and controls to determine baseline and to indicate those that should include environmental considerations.
  2. Communicate to stakeholders.


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

NOTE: Tables 8.1 to 8.4 are included in PWSGC’s Report on Plans and Priorities and are therefore not included here.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental Greenhouse Gas (GHG) reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to fiscal year 2005–06. 17%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–06, in kilotonnes of (CO2) equivalent. 1.047 kilotonnes CO2 equivalent  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–12 1.037 kilotonnes CO2 equivalent  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 1% reduction  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Given the age of the current fleet and the amount of funding provided, HRSDC is limited to purchasing leadership vehicles (leadership vehicles refers to those vehicles that significantly reduce fuel consumption, greenhouse gas emissions and/or regulated emissions) in order to meet health and safety needs which takes precedence.
  2. HRSDC is currently evaluating opportunities to optimize fleet (i.e. size, utilization, etc.). Results of the evaluation will determine if the number of vehicles will decrease or increase based on departmental operational needs and funding. This may have an impact on the reduction of greenhouse gases.
  3. All fleet vehicles will be considered with respect to this target.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Under Development  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 Under Development  

Strategies / Comments

  1. HRSDC will begin to establish an implementation plan (based on PWSGC’s Guideline for the Disposal of Federal Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment) during the fiscal year 2011-12 in order to be in a position to report on total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan.
  2. In fiscal year 2011–12, HRSDC will determine the definition for the term "location" in relation to this target and determine the number of locations across the country.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) Data not available  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 Under Development  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In fiscal year 2011–12, HRSDC will determine a definition for printing units, scoping requirements (e.g. security considerations, locations, etc.), methodology for tracking printing units and methodology for tracking office employees. This analysis will allow HRSDC to develop an implementation strategy for this target.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Under Development  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12 Baseline year to be determined  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In fiscal year 2011–12, HRSDC will determine scoping requirements, methodology for tracking of internal paper consumption and methodology for tracking paper utilization by office employees. This analysis will allow the development of an implementation strategy for this target.
  2. In fiscal year 2011–12, HRSDC will determine a baseline.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Environment Canada’s Guide for Greening Meetings is currently available for employees via HRSDC’s Environmental Management Services intranet site
  2. HRSDC will develop an implementation strategy based on Environment Canada’s Guide for Greening Meetings.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By march 31, 2014, 90% of desktop computer purchases will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Dollar value of desktop computer purchases that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all purchases of desktop computers. Under Development  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2011-2012 70% of target  
Fiscal Year 2012-2013 80% of target  
Fiscal Year 2013-2014 90% of target  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets the requirements for SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) targets.
  2. The implementation of the national procurement process, including commodity-based preferred procurement approaches, will ensure the consistent application of environmentally preferred models.
  3. Public Works and Government Services Canada’s mandatory standing offer for desktop computers provides environmentally preferred models.


By March 31, 2014, 90% of copy paper purchases contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification, or equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Dollar value of copy paper purchases that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all purchases for copy paper (expressed as percentage). Under Development  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2011-2012 70% of target  
Fiscal Year 2012-2013 80% of target  
Fiscal Year 2013-2014 90% of target  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets the requirements for SMART targets (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound).
  2. The implementation of the national procurement process, including commodity-based preferred procurement approaches, will ensure the consistent application of environmentally preferred copy paper.
  3. Public Works and Government Services Canada’s mandatory standing offer provides environmentally preferred copy paper.


As of April 1st, 2011, 75% of vehicles purchased annually are leadership vehicles in its class, as per the government motor vehicle ordering guide, where operational requirements allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Number of vehicle purchases that meet the target relative to the total number of all vehicle purchases (baseline fiscal year 2010 - 2011). 75%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2011-2012 100% of target  
Fiscal Year 2012-2013 100% of target  
Fiscal Year 2013-2014 100% of target  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets the requirements for SMART targets (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound).
  2. For this target, leadership vehicle will be defined as those that significantly reduce fuel consumption, greenhouse gas emissions and/or regulated emissions (e.g. hybrid or alternative fuel vehicle).
  3. This target only applies to the purchase of light-duty vehicles.
  4. HRSDC is currently evaluating opportunities to optimize fleet (i.e. size, utilization, etc.).
  5. This implementation of the national procurement process, including commodity-based preferred procurement approaches, will ensure the consistent application of environmentally preferred copy paper.
  6. All leadership vehicles purchased will meet Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat’s Guide to Fleet Management, Chapter 1: Light-Duty Vehicles and be purchased through Public Works and Government Services Canada’s National Master Standing Offers.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

By march 31, 2014, 90% of designated procurement specialists will have green procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Number of designated procurement specialists with Green Procurement training relative to the total number of designated procurement specialists. 25%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2011-2012 Training plan and material to be completed  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets the requirements for SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) targets.
  2. In fiscal year 2011–12, HRSDC will determine the number of designated procurement specialists that require training and establish a tracking methodology for the number of designated procurement specialists that receive both Green Procurement training and commodity-specific training material for environmentally preferred goods and services.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2014, 90% of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management will have environmental objectives included within their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of performance evaluations of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management that incorporate environmental objectives, relative to total number of performance evaluations of designated managers and functional heads of procurement. 25%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2011-12 Identification of designated managers  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets the requirements for SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) targets.
  2. In fiscal year 2011–12, HRSDC will determine the number of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management that require environmental objectives in their Performance Management Agreement and establish a tracking methodology for this target.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, all designated management processes and controls pertaining to the purchase of fleet vehicles will include environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of designated management processes and controls pertaining to the purchase of fleet vehicles that include environmental considerations relative to the total number of designated management processes and controls pertaining to the purchase of fleet vehicles. 25%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2011-12 Plan to be completed  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets the requirements for SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) targets.
  2. In fiscal year 2011-2012, HRSDC will review existing number of designated management processes and controls relative to the total number of designated management processes and controls pertaining to the purchase of fleet vehicles, and will adjust accordingly to include environmental considerations.

Top of Page

Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


By March 31, 2014, 90% of IT hardware purchases will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value of IT hardware purchases that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all purchases for IT hardware in the given year. Baseline N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12
80%
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. For the purposes of this target, an environmentally preferred model refers to desktop computers, notebooks, monitors and servers.
  2. The department will be required to strengthen the tools used to track the data used to report on the performance measurement.
  3. Reliance on the PWGSC standing offers and the availability of environmentally preferred models will be vital to the success of this target.


By March 31, 2014, 100% of the bidding process for professional services contract requirements (using departmental authorities) will encourage bidders to be green in the bidding and contract management processes.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Volume of tendered professional services contracts that include green bidding elements relative to the total volume of tendered professional services contracts for the given year. Baseline N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12
80%
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. The department will be considering the number of hard copy proposals required and reducing the numbers when possible. Furthermore, request for proposals will encourage electronic submission of bids when feasible, and encourage environmentally-preferable formats of bids.
  2. This target will only be achievable when the department is exercising its contracting authority or when pre-competed procurement tools (standing offers/supply arrangements issued by PWGSC) allow for electronic submission of bids.
  3. The department will be required to strengthen the tools used to track the data used to report on the performance measurement.


By March 31, 2014, 75% of materiel managers and procurement personnel and 85% of acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have completed training relative to the total number of materiel managers and procurement personnel.

Number of acquisition cardholders who have completed training relative to the total number of acquisition cardholders.
Baseline N/A

Baseline N/A
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12
60%

FY 2011-12
75%
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.
  2. The department will be required to develop a mechanism to report on the performance measurement.

Top of Page

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada and Canadian Polar Commission



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not available  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not available  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No (does not exist)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC will develop its strategic framework for this target during the 2011/12 fiscal year.
  2. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the implementation of this target.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not available  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not available  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No (does not exist)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC will develop its strategic framework for this target during the 2011/12 fiscal year.
  2. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the implementation of this target.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not available  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not available  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No (does not exist)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC will develop its strategic framework for this target during the 2011/12 fiscal year.
  2. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the implementation of this target.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not available  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not available  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No (does not exist)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC will develop its strategic framework for this target during the 2011/12 fiscal year.
  2. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the implementation of this target.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to fiscal year 2005–06. 23.45% by March 31, 2021  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 0.562  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–2012 0.57  
FY 2012–2013 0.556  
FY 2013–2014 0.542  
FY 2014–2015 0.529  
FY 2015–2016 0.515  
FY 2016–2017 0.501  
FY 2017–2018 0.488  
FY 2018–2019 0.474  
FY 2019–2020 0.46  
FY 2020–2021 0.447  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–2012 -2.345%  
FY 2012–2013 -4.69%  
FY 2013–2014 -7.035%  
FY 2014–2015 -9.38%  
FY 2015–2016 -11.725%  
FY 2016–2017 -14.07%  
FY 2017–2018 -16.415%  
FY 2018–2019 -18.76%  
FY 2019–2020 -21.105%  
FY 2020–2021 -23.45%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted emissions sources include on-road vehicles only.
  2. Departmental emissions due to on-road vehicles are anticipated to decrease prior to the end of the 2020/2021 fiscal year due to the transfer of the many departmental responsibilities to Government of the Northwest Territories.
  3. INAC will develop an implementation plan to reduce greenhouse gas emissions due to its on-road vehicles by March 31st, 2011.
  4. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the department's implementation of this target.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No (does not exist)  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–2012 0%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC will develop EEE implementation plans for all departmental locations (operational facilities) by March 31st, 2012.
  2. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the implementation of this target.
  3. INAC’s Asset Information Management System is capable of tracking most EEE directed to disposal mechanisms.
  4. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the department's implementation of this target.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) 2:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 4:1  
FY 2012–13 6:1  
FY 2013–14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. For the purposes of this target, INAC has defined printing units as desktop printers, network printers, multifunctional devices, and photocopiers.
  2. Methods for determining the number of printing units: regional consultation and information contained in the department’s asset information management system.
  3. Method for determining the number of departmental employees: TBS Population Affiliation Report (values as at September, 2010).
  4. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the department's implementation of this target.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Not available  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12 Not available  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC intends to introduce a new dedicated line object for paper purchases during the 2011-2012 fiscal year to facilitate the tracking of paper consumption.
  2. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the department's implementation of this target.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No (does not exist)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC will implement a guide for greening meetings by March 31st, 2012.
  2. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the department's implementation of this target.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


INAC's Green Procurement Targets are Under Development
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available) Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Not available  

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC has not established green procurement targets at the time of the development of this report (2010).
  2. INAC will establish its green procurement targets prior to April 1, 2011. These targets will be outlined in INAC's forthcoming Departmental Performance Report for the 2010-2011 fiscal year.
  3. INAC Headquarters Asset Management is leading the department's implementation of this target.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.
INAC's Targets for Green Procurement Training, Evaluation, and Management Controls are Under Development
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Not available  

Strategies / Comments

  1. INAC has not established the targets in question at the time of the development of this report (2010).
  2. These targets will be developed by April 1st, 2011, and outlined in INAC's forthcoming Departmental Performance Report for the 2010-2011 fiscal year.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs) Not available  


Top of Page

Industry Canada



Greening Government Operations

Green Building Targets

8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease and major renovation projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.1
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Existence of strategic framework Expected completion March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. In 2011–12, Industry Canada will work to develop and adopt a strategic framework for this target. The strategic framework will address the minimum level of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds (dollar value or floor area) and applicable building types.
  2. Industry Canada is custodian of only one building with a floor area greater than 1,000 m2.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing Crown buildings over 1000 m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.2
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of buildings over 1000 m2, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Percentage of buildings over 1000 m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Existence of strategic framework Expected completion March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. In 2011–12, Industry Canada will work to develop and adopt a strategic framework for this target. The strategic framework will address the minimum level of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds (dollar value or floor area) and applicable building types.
  2. Industry Canada is custodian of only one building with a floor area greater than 1,000 m2.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000 m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.3
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000 m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000 m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Existence of strategic framework Expected completion March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. In 2011–12, Industry Canada will work to develop and adopt a strategic framework for this target. The strategic framework will address the minimum level of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds (dollar value or floor area) and applicable building types.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.4
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Existence of strategic framework Expected completion March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. In 2011–12, Industry Canada will work to develop and adopt a strategic framework for this target. The strategic framework will address the minimum level of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds (dollar value or floor area) and applicable building types.
  2. Industry Canada is custodian of only one building with a floor area greater than 1,000 m2.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by 2020–21, relative to 2005–06 17%
Departmental GHG emissions in 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent 1.911
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent 2011–12 1.781
2012–13 1.759
2013–14 1.737
2014–15 1.716
2015–16 1.694
2016–17 1.672
2017–18 1.651
2018–19 1.629
2019–20 1.607
2020–21 1.586
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from 2005–06 to the end of the given fiscal year 2011–12 - 6.80%
2012–13 - 7.93%
2013–14 - 9.07%
2014–15 - 10.20%
2015–16 - 11.33%
2016–17 - 12.47%
2017–18 - 13.60%
2018–19 - 14.73%
2019–20 - 15.87%
2020–21 - 17.00%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Source of targeted GHG emissions: Fleet only (on-road vehicles)
  2. To match the government-wide GHG reduction target of 17% by 2020, the Department’s GHG fleet emissions targets were calculated using a linear model.
  3. The implementation plan for Industry Canada’s GHG emissions reduction strategy takes technology advancements into account and will capitalize on the use of Public Works and Government Services Canada’s green standing offers for vehicle purchases and internal communiqués for imparting information about the various tools to improve fleet efficiency and reduce emissions (e.g. anti-idling campaign).

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE Completion April 2011
Total number of departmental locations with fully implemented EEE disposal plan, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year 2011–12 33%
2012–13 66%
2013–14 100%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of location: Six regions in total
  2. Industry Canada’s implementation plan will cater to all regions. In the National Capital Region, the reuse/recycle strategy for surplus EEE is already in the process of being fully implemented.
  3. The implementation plan for the regions is based on the approach proposed by the Office of Greening Government Operations, Public Works and Government Services Canada, for target 8.6 in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline and meets the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy’s mandatory implementation strategy requirements for this target.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an average 8:1 ratio of office employees to printing units, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 2:1
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 2011–12 5:1
2012–13 8:1
2013–14 8:1

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of printing unit: Scanner, photocopier, fax, desktop printer, networked printer, multifunctional device
  2. Scope: While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy or security considerations, on the whole, the Department will meet the target ratio.
  3. Method for determining the number of printing units: In the National Capital Region, project consultants collected data by way of a floor-by-floor count of devices. Data from the regions were provided by the respective regional offices.
  4. Method for determining the number of office employees: Number of employees obtained from Chief Information Office (CIO) Monthly Employee Report
  5. Implementation strategies:
    1. Approach is two-pronged: soft target of 5:1 in 2011–12 and 8:1 in 2012–13. Most sectors have agreed to go to 8:1 in the first year.
    2. All devices will be networked.
    3. Use a single supplier / price-per-page model.
    4. CIO is target lead.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–06 and 2011–12 as well as an applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope N/A
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected 2011–12 N/A
2012–13 N/A
2013–14 N/A

Strategies/Comments

  1. This target is optional for 201112. Industry Canada will develop this target for 201213.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Green meeting guide adopted Expected adoption March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. This target is optional for 201112. Industry Canada will develop this target for 201213.


Green Procurement Targets


8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

Commodity: Printers and multifunctional devices

Target: By March 2014, 95% of printers and multifunctional devices purchased by the Department will be environmentally preferred products.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of environmentally preferred printers and multifunctional devices purchased, relative to the total number of printers and multifunctional devices purchased by the Department N/A
Progress against 2011–12 measurement 80%

Strategies/Comments

  1. All equipment will be Energy Star compliant over nine technical categories.
  2. Collaboration of multiple stakeholders is ongoing.
  3. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 95%.
    • Measurable: Information available from the departmental Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS).
    • Achievable: Project endorsed by senior management.
    • Relevant: Estimated dollar value of environmentally preferred equipment purchased is $14.5 million over five years.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.


Commodity: Furniture

Target: By March 2014, 90% of furniture purchases made by the Department will be environmentally preferred products.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Dollar value of environmentally preferred furniture purchases, relative to the total value of all furniture purchases (baseline year: 2009–10) 75%
Progress against 2011–12 measurement 80%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Data analysis will permit monitoring and reporting of furniture purchases.
  2. This target will require collaboration among functional specialists, namely, the Facilities Branch at headquarters and the departmental regions.
  3. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 90%.
    • Measurable: Information available from the departmental Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS).
    • Achievable: With collaboration of functional specialists.
    • Relevant: Furniture purchases are a significant expenditure and represent an area for increased environmental benefit.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.


Commodity: Vehicles

Target: By March 31, 2014, 30% of Industry Canada’s executive and light-duty class vehicles will be environmental leadership vehicles.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of environmental leadership vehicles owned by Industry Canada, relative to its total number of vehicles owned (executive and light-duty class only) N/A
Progress against 2011–12 measurement 22%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Environmental leadership vehicles include hybrid vehicles and alternative fuel vehicles.
  2. Industry Canada does not have the necessary data to currently set a baseline for this target. The Department will be working toward clearing its existing data and will start recording and reporting on the environmental leadership vehicles it owns by the end of 2011–12.
  3. Industry Canada’s Vehicle Acquisition Plan will be reviewed centrally every year. Internal communiqués will be sent to the regions to reinforce the importance of identifying opportunities to replace the existing fleet with environmental leadership vehicles.
  4. Data on vehicle purchases will be collected and reviewed on a continuous basis to monitor the Department’s progress against the set target. The departmental Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) and the Fleet Management Information System provided by the federal fleet management support services, ARI Financial Services Inc., will be the tools used to collect the information.
  5. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 30%.
    • Measurable: Information available from the departmental Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) and the ARI system.
    • Achievable: With collaboration of functional specialists.
    • Relevant: Vehicle purchases are a significant expenditure and represent an area for increased environmental benefit.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.

Training

Target: By March 31, 2014, 90% of designated Materiel managers and Procurement personnel will have taken green procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of Materiel managers and Procurement personnel who have completed green procurement training, relative to the total number of Materiel managers and Procurement personnel (baseline year: 2010–11) 60%
Progress against 2011–12 measurement 85%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Employees include Procurement and Materiel Management functional specialists (PG-01 to 04) from the Contracting and Materiel Management section of the Comptrollership and Administration Sector (CAS).
  2. CAS’s 2010–11 Human Resources Plan describes the Sector’s human resources (HR) priorities for 2011–12, including the HR objectives, staffing strategies, training and development plans, goals and future requirements that will allow the Sector to effectively meet and exceed its mandate over the long term. Green procurement training in 2011–12 will be included in the training plans for target positions.
  3. Training progress will be monitored by the Contracting and Materiel Management section’s Senior Training and Communications Advisor.
  4. Proof that training was completed is mandatory and will be validated by the Senior Training and Communications Advisor.
  5. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level for 2011–12 has been set at 85%. This target is specific to Materiel managers and Procurement personnel.
    • Measurable: Information available from the departmental training coordinators.
    • Achievable: Green procurement training is free and available online.
    • Relevant: Industry Canada’s Materiel managers and Procurement personnel routinely procure goods and services for which environmental alternatives are available.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.


Performance Evaluations

Target: By March 31, 2012, 75% of team leaders (PG-05) in the Contracting and Materiel Management section as well as the manager (PG-06) of this section will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses, relative to the total number of positions identified N/A
Progress against 2011–12 measurement 75%

Strategies/Comments

  1. The Comptrollership and Administration Sector’s 2010–11 Human Resources Plan describes its human resources (HR) priorities for 2011–12, including the HR objectives, staffing strategies, training and development plans, goals and future requirements that will allow the Sector to effectively meet and exceed its mandate over the long term. Environmental consideration clauses for 2011–12 will be included in the performance evaluations of targeted positions.
  2. Progress will be monitored through performance agreements and by means of mid-year review.
  3. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 75%.
    • Measurable: Information available from performance agreements.
    • Achievable: Green procurement training is free and available online and will be included in the performance agreement.
    • Relevant: Industry Canada’s Contracting and Materiel Management Managers and Team Leaders routinely review and provide advice on procurement processes of goods and services, where environmental alternatives are available.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target completion.


Processes and Controls

Target: By March 31, 2016, environmental performance considerations will be integrated into 90% of procurement processes and controls.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of designated processes and controls that have been modified to ensure that environmental performance considerations are integrated into procurement processes, relative to the total number of processes and controls 30%
Progress against 2011–12 measurement 60%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Revisions to integrate environmental factors into procurement processes and controls will take strategic planning into account and will incorporate best practices to improve these processes and controls and to support green decision making.
  2. Taking a phased approach, Industry Canada will start with updating policy documents.
  3. Secondly, the Department will focus on the processes and controls that have the greatest environmental impact and will develop best practices documents in support of green decision making.
  4. The Department will also establish a monitoring control framework that includes environmental indicators.
  5. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 90%.
    • Measurable: Policies, processes, procedures and controls reside with the Comptrollership and Administration Sector (CAS).
    • Achievable: CAS is the functional authority for Contracting and Materiel Management. The policy development group resides within CAS.
    • Relevant: The number of policies, processes and controls are significant, so their revision will achieve environmental benefits.
    • Time-bound: Date has been established for target completion, and the target strategies/comments include milestones.


Notes:

1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEEDNC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

2 Assessment tools include BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

3 Assessment tools include BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEEDCI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

Infrastructure Canada



Green Procurement Reporting for Departments and Agencies not bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.

Performance Measure

RPP

DPR

Policy Implementation Status (Optional)

 

 

Strategies/Comments

  1. Infrastructure Canada is mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.  In meeting policy requirements, the department will continue to incorporate environmental performance considerations in its decision-making processes for procurement.
  2. Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff
    1. Target: 100% of all procurement and materiel management staff will be trained in Green Procurement.
    2. Performance Measure:  Number of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training (e.g., C215 or in-house tailored alternative) relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff.
    3. Strategies/Comments: To date, two contracting officers have received training in the Green Procurement Course being offered, which is part of the PG Certification program.  In fiscal year 2011-2012, all other procurement and materiel management staff will be trained.
  3. Training for Acquisition Card Holders
    1. Target:  To be determined.
    2. Performance Measure: Number of acquisition cardholders with formal green procurement training (e.g., C215 or in-house tailored alternative relative to total number of acquisition cardholders).
    3. Strategies/Comments: The Accounting Operations Unit, Financial Administration Division is in the process of developing a new training package for Acquisition Cardholders with green procurement incorporated into this training package.
  4. Performance Evaluations
    1. Target: 100% of all managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
    2. Performance Measure:  Number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management that incorporate environmental considerations relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
    3. Strategies/Comments: There is one position for the Manager of Contracting and Procurement and one position for the Manager of Materiel Management. Environmental considerations/objectives will be incorporated into the 2011-2012 performance evaluations for both positions.
  5. Procurement Processes and Controls
    1. Target: 100% of all procurement.  When initiating procurement, the department first considers standing offers from Public Works Government Services Canada (PWGSC), including those with green procurement clauses.  If no standing offers are available for the required goods or services, the department proceeds with other available procurement mechanisms.
    2. Performance Measure: Number of departmental procurement processes and controls that incorporate environmental considerations relative to total number of departmental procurement processes and controls that should address environmental considerations. Alternatively, the department can report on progress and plans to improve the integration of environmental considerations in management processes and controls relative to procurement.
    3. Strategies/Comments:  Infrastructure Canada uses standing offers that have green procurement considerations, and since 2008-2009, the department has been working with Public Works and Government Services Canada’s Client Engagement Sector to analyze its spending patterns and to identify opportunities for improved procurement practices.  In 2009-2010, Infrastructure Canada’s Contracting and Procurement Unit continued to update its contracting systems to identify and track green procurement and to capture green procurement information for fiscal year 2010-2011. This task has been accomplished and in 2011-2012 the department will continue to look for additional ways to include environmental considerations into procurement processes and controls.
  6. Green Goods and Services
    1. Computers, printers and photocopiers:  Purchasing or leasing energy-efficient equipment from companies with environmental programs that have recycled content and a recycling program, using multi-function photocopiers and printer machines to reduce energy consumption, using recycled toner cartridges, implementing a policy on standard shared printers versus personal printers, and ensuring that default settings on printers and photocopiers are set to print double-sided and print in black and white.
    2. Furniture:  Using products that meet or exceed environmental norms established by Public Works and Government Services Canada as well as re-using and recycling old furniture.
    3. Office Supplies:  Using recycled paper (30% recycled or higher), ensuring that business cards are printed on recycled paper and bear the Eco Logo symbol, and ensuring nameplates are printed on 100% recycled paper and placed in re-usable plastic holders.
    4. Travel and Meetings:  Using government travel services to encourage employees to use sustainable methods of transportation and to select Green hotels, promoting Green meetings within the department, increase participating in the EcoPass Public-Transit Program, encouraging staff to use other modes of transportation such as cycling and walking;, and promoting the use of video and tele-conferencing as an alternative to travel.
    5. Recycling:  Implementing material recycling bins in all locations. All defective and end-of-life telecommunications devices and accessories are sent to the vendors for recycling where about 20% are re-used as tele-communication devices.
    6. Contracting:  Including standard environmental clauses and conditions in service contracts.  A target of 75% of all service contracts will include environmental clauses and conditions by March 31, 2014.
    7. Other Commodities:  Not Applicable.

 

Top of Page

Library and Archives Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three (3) SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


Procurement of Tablet Personal Computers
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status Opportunity for Improvement
Tablet Personal Computers 30% 10%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year N/A N/A

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: In order to become less dependent on paper, managers and executives will be provided with tablet personal computers as their main workstations.
  2. Specific: Library and Archives Canada (LAC) executives and managers will get their devices by March 31, 2012.
  3. Specific: Library and Archives Canada employees, where feasible, will be equipped with PC tablets by March 31, 2015, thus reducing the number of computers purchased.
  4. Measurable: Information available from LAC financial system
  5. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers
  6. Relevant: High volume / expenditure of IT hardware purchases
  7. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All IT computer purchases
  2. Processes / reporting requirement: Financial database
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director of IT is target lead
  4. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use / hazardous material/reduced number of workstations


Re-use uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems from Canada Revenue Agency
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On track
Re-use uninterruptible power system 100% 50%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A N/A

Strategies / Comments

  1. Measurable: Move and install two (2) large UPS systems from Canada
    Revenue Agency to Library and Archives Canada
  2. Time-bound: Target installation date is March 31, 2012
  3. Specific: Commitment to environmental responsibility by re-using equipment
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Director of IT is target lead


Secure Waste Paper destruction by shredding, pulping or disintegrating of surplus government paper and/or plastic
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On Track
Secure destruction of waste paper 3,739 metric tons 3,544 metric tons
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year   3,000 metric tons

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: The paper is destroyed and Library and Archives Canada will receive funds for it
  2. Measurable: The contractor provides a monthly report of metric tons destroyed

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All Library and Archives Canada national and regional offices
  2. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of Contracting and Materiel Management is target lead
  3. Estimated environmental benefits: Consistent with the environmental hierarchy of Reduce, Reuse, Recycle
  4. Estimated environmental benefits: Less paper is disposed in landfills and paper is reused in recycled material
  5. Estimated environmental benefits: Less damage to forests

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.


Training for select employees

As of April 1, 2011, 50 percent of contracting and materiel management personnel will have received green procurement training through CSPS course C215.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On Track
Number of contracting and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of contracting and materiel management staff 100% 50%
Progress against measure in the fiscal year 2010-2011 50% 10%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100 percent, 50 percent of employees have taken the Green Procurement Course
  2. Measurable: Information available from CSPS and in-house HR tracking system
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates all existing and new designated employees to take green procurement training
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. In-house training used: None. CSPS Course C215 only
  2. Reporting requirements: LAC maintains a list of employees who have taken the training
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of Contracting and Materiel Management Section is target lead
  4. Plans for engagement: The training is mandatory for section personnel


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management

As of April 1, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On Track
Number of performance evaluations that incorporated environmental considerations, relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management 100% 50%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 30% 10%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: training offered to administrative community, management staff and procurement staff.
  2. Measurable: Information available from in-house HR tracking system
  3. Achievable: Functional heads of procurement and materiel management include environmental considerations in their performance evaluations
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees
  5. Time-bound: Achieve targets by April 2013

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Reporting requirements: Director General to report to target lead
  2. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of Contracting and Materiel Management section is target lead
  3. Plans for engagement: Inclusion in Employee Performance Management Agreements


Management processes and controls

By March 31, 2013, all identified management processes and controls, relating to procurement, will have incorporated environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status Opportunity for Improvement
Materiel Management Guide and Packaging returned 100% 25%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 50% 10%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Creation of Materiel Management Guide
  2. Measurable: Existence of baseline list of all formalized management processes and controls.
  3. Achievable: Materiel Management personnel responsible for target
  4. Relevant: Decision-making authority for purchases decentralized
  5. Time-bound: Ongoing

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Examples: Investment planning, Procurement Review Committee, procurement and materiel management and assets management information process
  2. Methodology: Analysis of departmental decision-making processes and controls to determine those that should include environmental considerations
  3. Reporting requirements: Director General will report annually
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of Contracting and Materiel Management Section is target lead
  5. Mechanisms to evaluate: First review scheduled in 2014
  6. Plans for engagement: Discussion topic of management committee

Top of Page

Military Police Complaints Commission



Green Procurement Targets

Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Implementing an effective approach to procurement planning;
  2. Establishing management process and controls relative to procurement;
  3. Setting green procurement targets as appropriate. Targets are to be tailored to reflect the MPCC’s mandate and buying patterns as well as the nature and risks associated with the assets and services used to support the achievement of program objectives;
  4. Meeting green procurement targets;
  5. Ensuring MPCC personnel in key management, procurement, and oversight positions have necessary training to support the objectives of the policy; and,
  6. Contributing and supporting the Policy on Green Procurement objectives through accountability framework and controls.
Top of Page

National Defence



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DND will develop a strategic framework that responds to the relevant requirements of this target by 1 April 2012.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DND will develop a strategic framework that responds to the relevant requirements of this target by 1 April 2012.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DND will develop a strategic framework that responds to the relevant requirements of this target by 1 April 2012.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DND will develop a strategic framework that responds to the relevant requirements of this target by 1 April 2012.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to fiscal year 2005–06. 10%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 744  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–12 736  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    
FY 2014–15    
FY 2015–16    
FY 2016–17    
FY 2017–18    
FY 2018–19    
FY 2019–20    
FY 2020–21    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 1%  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    
FY 2014–15    
FY 2015–16    
FY 2016–17    
FY 2017–18    
FY 2018–19    
FY 2019–20    
FY 2020–21    

Strategies / Comments

Scope: Targeted GHG emissions sources to include facilities and commercial fleets. DND operational fleet (i.e. National Safety and Security Fleet - military-pattern vehicles, ships and aircraft) and Private Married Quarters are excluded.


Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 15%  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. DND/CF will reaffirm and revise existing disposal policies and procedures to ensure government policies are being followed at all DND/CF locations.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 6:1  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition: Printing units are defined as unclassified network printers.
  2. Scope: Includes all buildings where space configurations and occupancy levels allow it. While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy or security considerations, on average, the Department will meet this target for all office employees.
  3. Method for determining printing resources: Information Technology asset management databases will be used to capture Information Technology equipment.
  4. Processes: During FY 2011/12 and 2012/13, the results of the Defence printer rationalization study will be implemented. Multifunctional devices will be progressively leveraged to obtain an 8:1 ratio.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12 N/A  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. In fiscal year 11/12, DND will develop an appropriate baseline for paper consumption, scope, tracking methodologies and implementation strategies to begin to address paper consumption.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No  

Strategies / Comments

  1. A guide for green meetings will be adopted by 31 March 2012.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


DND/CF will procure green vehicles for the light commercial fleet where it is cost-effective and operationally feasible.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of light commercial vehicles procured each year will be green vehicles where it is cost-effective and operationally feasible. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-2012 fiscal year. 5%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Where it is cost-effective and operationally feasible, DND/CF will increase the number of green vehicles while reducing the number of non-green vehicles through normal attrition.
  2. Commands and fleet managers will be educated on the importance of greening the fleet, through national training events, conferences, and workshops, and encourage procurement of green vehicles and greener fleet management practices.


DND/CF will implement the conversion to an environmentally friendly hydraulic fluid common within the 15 aircraft fleets by March 31, 2014.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of the 15 aircraft fleets introducing and utilizing environmental friendly hydraulic fluid. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-2012 fiscal year. 20%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. DND/CF will convert from the current fluid to an environmentally friendly hydraulic fluid in 15 existing aircraft fleets.


DND/CF will apply best practices to eliminate from use or restrict in application specified, nationally managed high-risk hazardous materials identified by 31 December each year based upon Risk Management Actions from Environment Canada and Health Canada.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of specified high-risk hazardous materials to be eliminated from use or restricted in application. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-2012 fiscal year. 30%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. A screening process has been developed to identify and to prioritize high-risk hazardous materials based on their inherent health, safety, and environmental properties.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

All current DND/CF employees and members performing Financial Administration Act (FAA) Sections 32 and 34 responsibilities will complete the Green Procurement Course.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of DND/CF employees and members performing FAA Sections 32 & 34 responsibilities with green procurement training, expressed as a percentage of employees and members, by the end of the given fiscal year. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-2012 fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Green Procurement modules will be incorporated into key on-line & existing Materiel Acquisition and Support procurement course content.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

Green Procurement Objectives will be part of the Performance Management Agreements for relevant personnel.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of relevant personnel to include commitments to Departmental Green Procurement Objectives within their Annual Performance Management Agreements.   N/A
Progress against measure in the 2011-2012 fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Relevant personnel are defined as the Assistant Deputy Minister of Material and the Director General of Materiel Systems and Supply Chain.


Management processes and controls.

DND/CF will have in place policies that enable departmental personnel to perform and enforce best practices related to Materiel, Acquisition and Support functions by March 31, 2014.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of key DND/CF policies updated to incorporate best practices in Materiel, Acquisition and Support. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-2012 fiscal year. 10%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Continuous improvements to policies, procedures and best practices within DND/CF to enhance performance.
  2. Key policies relate only to the Materiel Acquisition and Support functions.
  3. Address Green Procurement requirements in the annual Materiel Acquisition and Support Functional Planning Guidance to all Assistant Deputy Minister and equivalent organizations.
  4. Include requirement to support Green Procurement initiatives in the annual Materiel Letter of Attestation (attestation required from all Assistant Deputy Minister and equivalent organizations).

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. National Defence does not plan to purchase emissions offset in the given fiscal year.

Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

National Energy Board



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The NEB’s Management Services Team has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.

  2. Management Processes and Controls:  In fiscal year 2011-12, the NEB’s internal policies on procurement and materiel management will be reviewed and updated to integrate environmental considerations in decision making, from procurement planning through to the disposal process.

  3. Target: In addition to commitments identified in ii., v., and vi., the NEB is committed to ensuring that 95% of all paper and furniture purchases are made through PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments, where available.

  4. Meeting Target: Target will be achieved by the end of fiscal year 2011-12, with a mid-year review conducted to ensure the target is on track.

  5. Training: In fiscal year 2011-12, all NEB functional specialists in procurement will be required to complete CSPS course C215 – Green Procurement.

  6. Performance Evaluations: In fiscal year 2011-12, managers of functional specialists in procurement will have an objective included in their performance management agreements to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.

Top of Page

National Research Council Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)


Green Procurement Policy Implementation
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Training for Procurement and Materiel Management (MM) Staff 100% in 2011-12  
Training for Acquisition Card Holders 50% in 2011-12  
PWGSC Green Consolidated Procurement Tools Implemented 100% in 2011-12  

Strategies / Comments

In 2011-12, NRC will undertake several green procurement initiatives:

  • NRC uses Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) standing offers for commodities and now has the capability to report on green procurement (GP) by material group. NRC will report on all GP purchases for all commodities. Detailed spending analysis and planning will be established to achieve targets.
  • A training program will be implemented at NRC to ensure that all staff complete the on-line green procurement course by March 2012. A National MM meeting to be held in May will address green procurement to develop an implementation plan and initiatives that will be achievable on a national scale.
  • As a result of a waste audit conducted, NRC has introduced the "mini bin" program. This program will be monitored over the next two years with the intent to increase recyclable waste from 16% to 23% by 2013.

Additionally:

  • NRC is in the process of staffing a Policy, Monitoring and Systems position. This person will be responsible for implementing, managing and monitoring GP initiatives at NRC.
  • A checklist will be developed to aid Procurement Staff in determining and identifying where green opportunities may exist.
  • All contract documents will be reviewed with the intent of incorporating a clause to address environmental considerations in the performance of the work where possible or required.
  • Internal Policies on procurement will be updated to integrate environmental considerations in decision-making from planning to acquisition to disposal. A checklist will be used by the Contract Review Committee and includes reference to green procurement and environmental impacts.

Top of Page

National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy



GREEN PROCUREMENT – Reporting on Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach:  The Director, Corporate Services has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.  The Director, Corporate Services is supported by the NRTEE’s Green Steering Committee (GSC) which is headed by the Corporate Secretary.

  2. Management Processes and Controls:  The NRTEE has an Environmental Code of Practice (Code) that is taken into consideration during the procurement process.  The Code will be reviewed and updated as appropriate in 2011-12.  As internal controls and processes are updated, they will be cross-referenced with the Code.  The chart of accounts (COA) was and continues to be updated to allow for the tracking, monitoring and future reporting on the procurement of green goods.  In 2010-11, all contracts made reference to NRTEE’s commitment to environmental considerations, and in 2011-12 the NRTEE will explore the feasibility of including environmental considerations as mandatory criteria in competitive service contracts.

  3. Setting Targets:  The department continues its commitment to purchase 100% post-consumer content  photocopy paper 100% percent of the time (this exceeds the recommended 30% post-consumer content), and to only purchase remanufactured toner cartridges from suppliers with recycling programs for used cartridges.  The NRTEE commits to ensuring that 90% of IT equipment purchased is energy efficient; that 80% of office equipment purchased is energy efficient; and that 60% of office supplies (excluding copy paper) acquired are environmentally preferred.  The dollar value of green purchases relative to the total dollar purchase of all purchases for above mentioned commodities in a given year will be used as the performance measurement.

  4. Meeting Targets:  The chart of accounts (COA) was updated to assist the NRTEE in being able to track, monitor and report on its achievements in meeting its green procurement commitments.  The NRTEE is pleased to report that it achieved its previous commitments with respect to copy paper and toner, and expects to continue to do so in 2011-12.

  5. Training: The NRTEE requires that all procurement and material management staff and acquisition cardholders take CSPS Course C215.  The NRTEE will ensure that within 6 months of the appointment of any new procurement staff or acquisition cardholders that they register and complete course C215.

  6. Performance Evaluations: For 2011-12, the performance agreements and subsequent evaluations for staff directly involved in the procurement process will include at least one environmental consideration.
Top of Page

Natural Resources Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 2011-12
None planned
 
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 2011-12
None planned
 
Existence of strategic framework. 2011-12
Yes 
 

Strategies / Comments

NRCan’s Low Carbon (LoC) Initiative, which has been approved by the Deputy Minister in September 2010, is NRCan’s strategic framework.  The LoC initiative is in the implementation stage.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. 25  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. 2011-12
20%
 
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

Minimum level of assessment: BOMA BESt Level 1

The appropriate threshold (dollar value or floor area): 1000 m2 

Applicable building types:  All NRCan-owned buildings over 1000 m2, excluding sheds, garages or warehouses.

Industry recognized assessment tool used: BOMA BESt

One facility - CanmetENERGY Varennes, QC – achieved BOMA BESt Level 3 certification in 2009. 

NRCan’s Low Carbon (LoC) Initiative, which has been approved by the Deputy Minister in September 2010, is NRCan’s strategic framework.  The LoC initiative is in the implementation stage.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 2011-12
1
 
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 2011-12
1
 
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

LEED NC Platinum building built in 2010-11 by as McMaster University per NRCan request.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 2011-12
67
 
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 2011-12
0
 
Existence of strategic framework. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

Current three-year Building Management Plan (BMP, 2009-2012) identifies refit and fit-up projects.  Approximately, 22% of the 67 projects are expected to improve environmental performance.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to fiscal year 2005–06. 44%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 1.85  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–12 1.21  
FY 2012–13 1.19  
FY 2013–14 1.17  
FY 2014–15 1.15  
FY 2015–16 1.13  
FY 2016–17 1.11  
FY 2017–18 1.09  
FY 2018–19 1.07  
FY 2019–20 1.05  
FY 2020–21 1.03  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 35%  
FY 2012–13 36%  
FY 2013–14 37%  
FY 2014–15 38%  
FY 2015–16 39%  
FY 2016–17 40%  
FY 2017–18 41%  
FY 2018–19 42%  
FY 2019–20 43%  
FY 2020–21 44%  

Strategies / Comments

Targeted GHG emission sources: Fleet only.

Additional performance indicators, key emissions reductions strategies, implementation plan, opportunities for continuous improvement:

Fleet modernization: A lowering of existing vehicle life cycle retention parameters will further improve upon fuel efficiency, while reducing overall costs. Newer model vehicles are cleaner to operate due to advancements in vehicle technologies.

Acquiring new technology vehicles: plug-in hybrid and electric vehicles are forecast for production in 2011/12. NRCan is committed to being the first department to introduce these types of advanced vehicle classes into its vehicle fleet.

Expanding a vehicle pooling model across the department: NRCan will continue to look for opportunities to open up its vehicle fleet to a wider population of employees through the implementation of Vehicle Pools, thereby helping to further reduce the overall size of its vehicle inventory.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. Yes: to be completed by August 31, 2011  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 100%  
FY 2012–13 (100%, will have been achieved in FY 2011-12)  
FY 2013–14 (100%, will have been achieved in FY 2011-12)  

Strategies / Comments

Definition of location: comprises asset management facilities in NCR and regions (16 facilities)

NRCan has ensured that our department is following all the requirements provided in the Treasury Board Directive on Disposal of Surplus Materiel, and elaborated on in section 3.4 of the TBS Guide to Management of Materiel.

Currently, NRCan disposes of surplus E-Waste via the three following mechanisms:

1. Computers for Schools [Industry Canada] (30%)
2. Crown Assets Distribution Directorate [PWGSC] (20%)
3. Provincial Extended Producer Responsibility Programs (in select locations) (40%)

We are developing a Departmental E-Waste Plan, to be implemented by summer 2011. As part of this Plan, we will triage our departmental e-waste and also leverage a fourth disposal mechanism:

4. Departmental Individual Standing Offer (DISO*) for E-waste Recycling [PWGSC] (10%)

* For equipment that does not qualify for mechanisms No. 1–3 

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 3:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 5:1  
FY 2012–13 8:1  
FY 2013–14 10:1  

Strategies / Comments

The printing unit figures were determined using a combination of methods including: Web Jet Admin tool, LANDesk network discovery, procurement and physical inventory.

Although building occupancy levels, and security considerations are  factors, space configurations is perhaps the largest challenge in the distribution of printing units here at NRCan. Many of the work areas are lab environments located in older buildings with accessibility issues.

The number of employees was determined via PeopleSoft and our Directory of People and Services (DPS).

Roles and responsibilities: SSO ITS is the division responsible for printer distribution and are about to begin the process of printer consolidation.

Although printer placement will be determined on a case by case basis, some of the strategies for reduction will be the increased use of multifunction printers and the decreased use of personal (local) printers.

Although the reduction of printers does not necessarily mean a reduction of printing, it has been estimated that a goal of a 6:1 ratio will still reduce power consumption by 25% and obviously decrease our amount of ewaste significantly. 

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope.    
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011–12    
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

NRCan will be reporting on this target in subsequent RPPs/DPRs.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide.    

Strategies / Comments

NRCan will be reporting on this target in subsequent RPPs/DPRs.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 100% of vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs and are the most fuel efficient vehicle in its class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2014, 100% of vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs and are the most fuel efficient vehicle in its class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle. 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

Dollar value of vehicles that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all vehicles in the Department.

Number of vehicles that meet the target relative to total number of all vehicles in the Department.
Exclusions may include executive vehicles.

This target requires that criteria to identify when a vehicle is right-sized are defined.

It requires the availability of inventory counts / assets management data for reporting, but does not require the availability of procurement data.

Consideration must be taken when setting the percentage for the target to ensure that vehicles will not need to be prematurely disposed of to meet the target.


By March 31, 2012, 90% of IT hardware procured will be “environmentally preferred” models (as required via a 4-year life cycle).
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2012, 90% of IT hardware procured will be “environmentally preferred” models (as required via a 4-year life cycle). 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

Last year's Desktop RVD was categorized as "Gold" by EPEAT and Energy Star.
We are striving to continue this trend with this year's and all future desktop RVD's. Based on a 4 year life cycle, at the completion of the 4 years all desktops will be
"Environmentally preferred" models. Although we can't comment on specific server hardware, we are making great strides with server consolidation.

And virtualization is allowing us to set optimistic greening targets.


By March 31, 2012, 100% of network printer consumables and suppliers used will offer a collect and credit service, i.e. recycling, for toner cartridges.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2012, 100% of network printer consumables and suppliers used will offer a collect and credit service, i.e. recycling, for toner cartridges. 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

We currently recycle 100 % of all toners and will continue to do so. However given the diversity of our printing environment, the various regions, and number of suppliers, our credit service is minimal. Several companies will recycle toners (even from other suppliers) as a service but do not offer credit for it.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees:

By March 31, 2012, 50% of procurement staff members in regions will complete Green Procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
D) By March 31, 2012, 50% of procurement staff members in regions will complete Green Procurement training. 50% (in 2011-12)  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 0%  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected green procurement training target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific nature/type of training and target audience
  2. Measurable: Information is available from regional procurement personnel (HR-related) files (An electronic certificate is issued upon completion of the training.)
  3. Achievable: Training is “learner friendly”: easily accessible, i.e. online (24/7).
  4. Relevant: In-house training used: Canada School of Public Service course on Green Procurement (C215)
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion, i.e. 100% (March 31, 2014)

Other reporting considerations:
The Green Procurement training implementation experience in NCR will be used as a model to follow for implementation of such training in regions.

As part of the NRCan Regional Organization Review, a “procurement” Regional Functional Working Group has been established, with a Procurement Regional Functional Head as the lead. The Regional Functional Head will be responsible for tracking progress against the green procurement training target. 


Employee performance evaluations for personnel of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2012, 50% of all procurement personnel’s (NCR and regions) Performance Feedback Reports will include the contribution of and support for green procurement policy objectives.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2012, 50% of all procurement personnel’s (NCR and regions) Performance Feedback Reports will include the contribution of and support for green procurement policy objectives. 50% (in 2011-12)  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 0%  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected green procurement performance evaluation target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific positions (non manager and non functional head personnel) and functional area (procurement)
  2. Measurable: information is available from our procurement module (e.g. for service transactions valued at >$5K a mandatory checklist which includes environmental considerations is completed by the RC Manager)
  3. Achievable: Contribution of and support for green procurement policy objectives will be reviewed as part of annual evaluations (Performance Feedback Reports).
  4. Relevant: Environmental considerations may be applied to all procurement requests (albeit to varying degrees* and subject to client specifications).
    * e.g. to a lesser extent with services than goods
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion, i.e. 100% (March 31, 2014)


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2012, 95% of the Wireless Services procurement consolidation initiative will be implemented.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2012, 95% of the Wireless Services procurement consolidation initiative will be implemented. 95% (in 2011-12)  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected green procurement Management processes and controls target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific initiative (Wireless Services consolidation) and functional area (procurement)
  2. Measurable: information is available from our procurement module
  3. Achievable: Pilot phase (CMSS and another Sector) was successfully completed in 2009–10. Full departmental rollout had already begun as of April 2010.
  4. Relevant: Decrease in the number of acquisition cards being used only for wireless services procurements/acquisitions (leads to a more efficient use management of the acquisition card.)
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion, i.e. 100% (March 31, 2014)


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

NSERC incorporates environmental performance considerations in procurement decision-making processes. For example, NSERC:

  • Reuses functional office supplies that are left behind when offices are vacated;
  • Integrates a recovery program for used batteries;
  • Adheres to the toner cartridge recycling program;
  • Effectively uses computers and technology to reduce paper consumption;
  • Uses environmentally friendly products, such as vegetable based inks and paper containing recycled fibres; and
  • For assets that cannot be reused or recycled, NSERC uses environmentally friendly disposal mechanisms and approved companies in the provincial recycling program.

Top of Page

Office of the Commissioner for Federal Judicial Affairs Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here5.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1.  Approach: The Department’s Director, Finance and Administration has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement. Although FJA will increase its application of green procurement in 2011-12, FJA will properly plan and set specific targets for green procurement in 2012-13.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: Contracting documents will include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required. Contracting and Materiel Management will ensure that environmental performance specifications are incorporated in the initial bid documentation. Additional statistics will be collected to track environmental considerations.
  3. Training: FJA will require all existing functional specialists take CSPS Course 215 on Green Procurement by the end of the fiscal year. New functional specialists will be required to take the course within 6 months of being hired. Training to other key acquisition cardholders, key players involved with acquisitions, will also be conducted for Green Procurement 
  4. Targets:
    • Within financial constraints, reduce paper consumption.
    • Ensure only paper with at least 30% recycled content is purchased.
    • Reduce paper acquisition through mandating printer acquisitions that can print in a double-sided format. Ensure only recycled toner cartridges are utilized.
    • Increase use of bulk buys where appropriate to reduce packaging
  5. Performance Evaluations: All Senior Managers are expected to include environmental considerations in the performance agreements.

 

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Office of the Commissioner of Lobbying of Canada



Greening Government Operations


Targets / Strategies / Comments

The Office of the Commissioner of Lobbying (OCL) will continue to make progress towards integrating environmental performance considerations into its procurement decision-making processes.

The OCL is contributing to the protection of the environment by using green procurement standing offers whenever possible, buying sustainable forestry management certified paper, and recycling batteries and toner cartridges.

Significant efforts are made to develop employee awareness about paper consumption and greening efforts. The OCL ensures that its annual report and investigation reports are printed on recycled paper, and encourages double-sided printing of documents whenever possible, circulating documents of interest and/or making them available on a shared computer drive rather than printing multiple copies for internal distribution, and using the OCL's external and internal websites as the preferred means for public and internal distribution of information and corporate publications.


Top of Page

Office of the Correctional Investigator



Green Meetings Target


During the reporting period, the OCI will develop a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Development of a green meeting guide. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Nominate a Champion for Greening OCI Operations.
  2. Consultation with staff with a view to developing the guide.
  3. Promote the value of greening OCI operations.
  4. Provide guide to staff.

Top of Page

Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Note:

  • RPP refers to Report on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results for 2011-2012.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Report and represents actual results. As this report is a new format, DPR results not yet available.

Green Building Targets

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

As of April 1, 2010, The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) will utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for at least 50% of its requirements for printers and as of April 1, 2011, the target will be increased to 75%.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status Achieved
Performance measure:  Number of printers procured from green consolidated procurement instruments relative to total number of printers procured. 100%   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%   

Strategies / Comments

“SMART” breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level targeted at 50%.
  2. Measurable: Information available from Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Standing Offer Index and from OSFI contracting records.
  3. Achievable: Printers as required are available on PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments.
  4. Relevant: Printers on green consolidated procurement instruments have been evaluated by PWGSC and determined to meet criteria required to be green.
  5. Time-bound: Dates established for target implementation and completion.

 

As of April 1, 2011, OSFI will meet its procurement needs for paper from green recycled sources, as offered through PWGSC procurement instruments for at least 75% of its requirements.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status Achieved
Performance measure:  Quantity of paper procured from green consolidated procurement instruments relative to total quantity of paper procured. 75%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

“SMART” breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level targeted: 75%
  2. Measurable: Information available from contracting and finance records.
  3. Achievable: Paper as required is available on PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments.
  4. Relevant: Paper on green consolidated procurement instruments has been evaluated by PWGSC and determined to meet criteria required to be considered green.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation.

 

As of April 1, 2011, OSFI will reuse or recycle 80% of all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner, and as of April 1, 2012, the target will be increased to 90%.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On Track
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. 100%   

Strategies / Comments

“SMART” breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80% for 2011-2012 and 95% for 2012-2013.
  2. Measurable: Information available from our Crown assets file and our administrative records.
  3. Achievable: PWGSC vehicles are in place for e-waste disposal. Computer for School, Crown Assets, “Do what you can” provincial program are other options which make this target achievable.
  4. Relevant: Targets all electronic and electrical equipment.
  5. Time-bound: Dates established for target implementation and completion.

 

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

Training for select employees.

As of April 1, 2011, 50% of Procurement and Materiel Management employees will receive green procurement training through Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) course C215 or in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On Track
Number of procurement and materiel management employees with green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management employees. 50%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 70%  

Strategies / Comments

“SMART” breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 50%, type of employee and type of training
  2. Measurable: Information available from CSPS and in-house.
  3. Achievable: All existing and new procurement and materiel management employees to take green procurement training.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

 

Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

Environmental considerations will be included in the performance evaluations of the Manager of Procurement and Contracting and the Manager of Administrative Services.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status Opportunity for Improvement
Environmental considerations are included in the performance evaluations of the Manager of Procurement and Contracting and the Manager of Administrative Services 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

“SMART” breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 50%.
  2. Measurable: Information available from performance agreements and evaluations.
  3. Achievable: Performance evaluations of manager’s position to include environmental considerations.
  4. Relevant: Targets employees responsible for procurement activities.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

 

 

Management processes and controls.

OSFI’s procurement needs are largely met by government-wide commodity management processes and vehicles established by PWGSC.  Environmental benefits achieved are the same as those identified by PWGSC in the establishment of these processes and vehicles.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status N/A
No performance measure established    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

“SMART” breakdown:

  1. This initiative is largely an increased awareness for procurement personnel and employees with decision-making responsibilities, of options in procurement which include green procurement benefits.  Currently, our systems do not allow for tracking this aspect of procurement.  We will explore changes required and their feasibility for tracking this information.
Top of Page

Parks Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Parks Canada will build on its Green Building Directive (2007), which currently requires that all new buildings over 1,000m2 meet the Gold Level of LEED NC or equivalent, to ensure that a comprehensive strategic framework is in place for this target by the end of the 2011-12 fiscal year.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  Parks Canada will build on its Green Building Directive (2007), which currently requires that existing buildings deemed to have the highest impact will be assessed, to ensure that a comprehensive strategic framework is in place for this target by the end of the 2011-12 fiscal year.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. All building space leases over 1,000m2 are managed by PWGSC so this target is not applicable to Parks Canada.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Parks Canada will build on its Green Building Directive (2007) to ensure that a comprehensive strategic framework is in place for this target by the end of the 2011-12 fiscal year that reflects the direction on fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to fiscal year 2005–06. 10.1%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 37.9  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–12 37.5  
FY 2012–13 37.1  
FY 2013–14 36.7  
FY 2014–15    
FY 2015–16    
FY 2016–17    
FY 2017–18    
FY 2018–19    
FY 2019–20    
FY 2020–21    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 1.1%
reduction
 
FY 2012–13 2.1%
reduction
 
FY 2013–14 3.1%
reduction
 
FY 2014–15    
FY 2015–16    
FY 2016–17    
FY 2017–18    
FY 2018–19    
FY 2019–20    
FY 2020–21    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted emissions include GHG emissions from energy consumed by facilities and fleet owned and operated by Parks Canada.
  2. A comprehensive emission tracking system is currently in place.
  3. Targets will be given to each field unit and service centre. Progress reports will be developed for each unit and will be shared annually.
  4. The Parks Canada Master plan for the Reduction of Greenhouse Gases will be updated and communicated to staff. This plan outlines strategies to improve the energy efficiency of the fleet and facilities, implement the use of renewable fuels and renewable energy systems, and engage employees.
  5. Because Parks Canada’s GHG output increased slightly from 2005-06 to 2009-10, the actual reduction required to meet the 2011-12 target is 2.2% from the 2009-10 fiscal year.
  6. Weather conditions have a significant influence over the quantity of energy Parks Canada consumes in a given year.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 0%  
FY 2012–13 50%  
FY 2013–14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of location: 33 field units, 5 service centres and the national office.
  2. Strategies and processes will be developed and implemented in 2011-12.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 5:1  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of printing unit: desktop printers, networked printers and multifunctional devices.  
  2. Scope: Due to the operational structure of Parks Canada, some buildings have a lower ratio due to building occupancy and space configurations. These will be scoped out of the target.
  3. Method used for determining # of printing units: IT equipment inventory
  4. Method used for determining # of office employees: Active network accounts
  5. Environmental benefits: longer-term reduction of e-waste, reduce paper/toner consumption, energy conservation.
  6. Plans/Strategies: Developing policy to limit the use of desktop printers.
  7. Roles and responsibilities: Chief of Environmental Management in collaboration with the Information Technology section.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12 N/A  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. In the 2011-12 fiscal year, Parks Canada Agency will determine a baseline year, baseline quantities, tracking methodology, applicable scope and implementation strategies.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of “adopt”: The guide will be considered to have been adopted when the guide has been:
    1. approved by the Executive Management Committee;
    2. communicated across the Agency via memo; and
    3. posted on the Intranet.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 75% of vehicles purchased annually will be from the Parks Canada Preauthorized Vehicle List.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of vehicles purchased that were on the Parks Canada Preauthorized Vehicle List.  67%*  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.  70%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Parks Canada Preauthorized Vehicle List includes vehicles that meet criteria (including fuel efficiency) stated in the Parks Canada Light Fleet Vehicle Management Directive.
  2. *The baseline of 67% was determined by using the average percentage of vehicles purchased from 2004–05 to 2009–10 that were on the Parks Canada Preauthorized Vehicle List.

Why this self selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism;
  2. Measurable: Information available from PWGSC and basic analysis;
  3. Achievable: Consistent with Parks Canada direction;
  4. Relevant: Promotes cost savings and greenhouse gas reduction;
  5. Time-bound: Date established for baseline, target implementation and completion.


By March 31, 2014, 90% of purchases and leases of printers, photocopiers and multifunctional devices will have one or more environmental feature.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of printers, photocopiers and multifunctional devices purchased or leased that has an environmental feature relative to total number purchased. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 80%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Environmental features include duplex printing capability or automatic shutoff/sleep mode.
  2. Internal policies will be reviewed and communicated as required.
  3. Inventory system will be refined to ensure a tracking process is in place.

Why this self selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism;
  2. Measurable: Information available from financial records and inventory systems;
  3. Achievable: Consistent with Parks Canada direction;
  4. Relevant: Promotes cost savings, greenhouse gas reduction or reduced paper consumption;
  5. Time-bound: Target date established.


As of April 1, 2012, office computers will have a minimum average service life of three years.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average service life of office computers. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 3 year average service life  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Internal policies will be reviewed and communicated as required.
  2. Inventory system will be refined to ensure a tracking process is in place.

Why this self selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity;
  2. Measurable: Information available from inventory systems;
  3. Achievable: Consistent with Parks Canada direction;
  4. Relevant: Promotes cost savings and electronic waste reduction;
  5. Time-bound: Target date established.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

By April 1, 2012, 75% of procurement and contracting personnel will receive green procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of procurement and contracting personnel with formal green procurement training, relative to total number of procurement and contracting personnel. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 75%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 75%, type of employee and type of training
  2. Measurable: Information available from PCA HR and CSPS
  3. Achievable: Procurement and contracting goal of all existing and new employees to take Green Procurement training
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion 

Other reporting considerations:

  1. The number of procurement and contracting personnel with formal green procurement will be tracked.
  2. This is to be achieved by means of an online course offered through the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) Campus Direct.
  3. All new and existing functional specialist staff will be asked to take the training within a specified time frame.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By April 1, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all managers and functional leads of procurement and contracting.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of managers and functional leads of procurement and contracting that incorporate environmental considerations, relative to the total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional leads. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100% and type of employee
  2. Measurable: Information available from PCA HR
  3. Achievable: Procurement and contracting goal of all existing and new managers and functional leads include environmental considerations in their performance evaluations
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion

Other reporting considerations:

  1. The number of performance evaluations of managers and functional leads
    of procurement and contracting that incorporate environmental
    considerations will be tracked.
  2. Each manager and functional lead will have an objective included in
    his/her appraisal to ensure environmental considerations are taken into
    account in all procurement activities.


Management processes and controls.

By April 1, 2013, 75% of identified management processes and controls, relating to procurement and contracting will incorporate environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of departmental procurement and contracting processes and controls that incorporate environmental considerations, relative to total number of departmental procurement and contracting processes and controls that should address environmental considerations. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 40%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 75% of identified processes and controls
  2. Measurable: Information available within procurement and contracting community
  3. Achievable: Dedicated employees responsible for target
  4. Relevant: Decision making authority for purchases decentralized
  5. Time–bound: Date established for target implementation

Other reporting considerations:

  1. The number of procurement and contracting processes and controls will be tracked.
  2. Parks Canada will continue to explore the integration of environmental performance into planning, acquisition, use and disposal, which can improve the purchasing of green products, reduce the in-use costs and ensure disposal is in accordance with environmental standards. This will include the purchasing of greener products, whether more energy efficient, less harmful or containing a higher percentage of recycled material, which can make a significant impact.
  3. Internal policies on procurement and materiel management will be reviewed and updated to integrate environmental considerations in decision making, from the procurement through to the disposal process.


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

Patented Medicine Prices Review Board



Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional) N/A

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The PMPRB's Director of Corporate Services is responsible for addressing all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  2. Management Processes and Controls:
    • In 2011-2012, all contracting documents will be reviewed to include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required.
    • The PMPRB will strike a working group to establish internal policies and strategies on procurement and materiel management and to ensure that environmental considerations are integrated into the procurement and disposal processes.
  3. Setting Targets: In addition to the commitments identified in ii., v., and vi., the Board will ensure that 95% of all purchases are made through PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments, where available.
  4. Meeting targets: The PMPRB will review these green procurement strategies at mid-year to ensure the Board is on track to achieve them by the end of fiscal year 2011-2012.
  5. Training:
    • The majority of procurement staff have taken the Canada School of Public Service online Green Procurement (C215E) course, and the remainder will take it in 2011-2012. Senior management and their administrative assistants will be encouraged to take this course.
    • Senior management will also increase staff awareness of environmental issues, such as limiting the number of printed copies of documents to only what is necessary and using two-sided printing and copying where feasible.
  6. Performance Evaluations: In 2011-2012, each Chief or Unit Head in Corporate Services Branch with responsibility for procurement will have an objective included in his/her performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.

Top of Page

Public Health Agency of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

The Greening Government Operations (GGO) table has been created for departments to report against progress on Goal 8 of the link Federal Sustainable Development Strategy (i.e., minimize the environmental footprint of government operations). In any given fiscal year departments are required only to complete the applicable portions of the table based on the provisions of the link Federal Sustainable Development Act.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.*
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
   
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
   
Existence of strategic framework
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
No; target completion date is March 31, 2012  

* This will be demonstrated by achieving Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) New Construction (NC) Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency has one major construction project underway, but it will not be ready for occupancy until February 2013. The JC Wilt Infectious Diseases Research Centre Project will be targeting LEED-NC Silver certification on an approximate floor area of 5,360m2.
  2. The Agency will establish a Departmental Strategic Framework to outline the conditions for buildings being assessed against this target as of April 1, 2012. The Agency will assess existing new construction and build-to-lease projects against the framework commencing in 2012-13.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing Crown buildings over 1,000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.*
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1,000m2, as per departmental strategic framework
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
   
Percentage of buildings over 1,000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
   
Existence of strategic framework
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
No; target completion date is March 31, 2012  

* Assessment tools include: Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) BES (Building Environmental Standards), Green Globes or equivalent.

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency footprint includes two Crown laboratory buildings: the Laboratory for Foodborne Zoonoses and the Canadian Science Centre for Human and Animal Health.
  2. The Agency will establish a Departmental Strategic Framework to outline the conditions for buildings being assessed against this target as of April 1, 2012. Existing Crown buildings over 1,000m2 will be assessed upon completion of the Framework.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1,000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.*
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1,000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
NA  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1,000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
NA  
Existence of strategic framework
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
NA  

* Assessment tools include: BOMA BES, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is not applicable as Public Works and Government Services Canada negotiates all leases on behalf of PHAC. As the client, the Agency can only request inclusion of this target in its lease requirements.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.*
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
   
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework
(Optional in FY 2011-12)
   
Existence of strategic framework
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
No; target completion date is March 31, 2012  

* This will be demonstrated by achieving LEED Commercial Interior Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency does not have any fit-up or refit projects scheduled this fiscal year.
  2. The Agency will establish a Departmental Strategic Framework to outline the conditions for buildings being assessed against this target as of April 1, 2012. The Agency will assess its fit-up and refit projects against the Strategic Framework commencing in 2012-13.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
No; target approval date is March 31, 2012  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 23%  
FY 2012-13 60%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Location: Any building that is occupied by at least one PHAC employee and one EEE asset. It excludes facilities such as warehouses and mobile laboratories. The Agency has 39 locations.
  2. EEE Implementation Plan: The Agency will develop a National Implementation Plan for the disposal of the Agency’s surplus EEE. The plan will include an annual interim target of 23% for 2011-2012, with the target of having all PHAC facilities with an EEE implementation plan fully implemented by March 31, 2014. The EEE implementation plan will include all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in Theme IV of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy. The Agency’s EEE Implementation Plan will be hosted on the PHAC internal website.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: The Asset and Materiel Management Division is the Office of Primary Interest with collaboration from the Sustainable Development Division and the IM/IT Directorate.
  4. Key Activities of the EEE Disposal Process: PHAC, in collaboration with Health Canada, will enhance its system to track and report on EEE disposal based on key equipment types disposed of through all designated streams at all locations that have an EEE implementation plan fully implemented.
  5. Reporting Requirements: The financial system and Asset Centre databases will be used to establish, monitor and, report on metrics for measuring activity-level performance of this target.
  6. Mechanisms to Evaluate Progress: PHAC will prepare an annual, national EEE disposal report for senior management, which will be led by the Asset and Materiel Management Division, with input from the IM/IT Directorate.
  7. Relationship between Agency Asset Management System and EEE Implementation Plan: The Agency’s asset management systems will be modified to enable tracking and reporting on compliance with implementation plans.
  8. Security Concerns or Sub-Processes: PHAC will ensure all security considerations will be taken before disposal of electronic equipment occurs.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow (Optional) 1.8:1*  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow FY 2011-12 4:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

*Ratio determined through an audit of the PHAC Print Optimization studies, which include select PHAC locations. This ratio will be updated as additional figures from across Canada are determined.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Printing Unit Definition: A printing unit is defined as all desktop printers, networked printers, facsimile machines, photocopiers and multi-functional devices (MFDs).
  2. Scope: Target excludes:
    • Label makers, plotters, scanners, etc.;
    • Select employees as a result of Duty to Accommodate and ergonomic assessments;
    • Buildings with fewer than eight employees; and
    • Buildings where space configuration does not allow for an 8:1 ratio to be achieved.
    Security considerations will serve as an exemption under specific conditions.
  3. Method Used for Determining Number of Organizational Printing Units: IM/IT staff will conduct a manual inspection of all Agency workstations, using PHAC floor plans as a mapping tool.
  4. Method for Determining Number of Office Employees: TBS Population Affiliation Report1 (2777 Employees).

1 The TBS Population Affiliation Report can be found at: link http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/pas-srp/report-rapport_e.asp?cat=e.


Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
   
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. PHAC will determine data sources and develop implementation strategies for achieving and reporting against this target by March 31, 2012. Once the data sources and strategies have been identified, PHAC will establish a baseline.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)
No; target approval date is March 31, 2012  


Green Procurement Targets


8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART* green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.
8.10.1 As of April 1, 2011, office computers will have a minimum average of a four-year life in the Department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average life of office computers in the Department in fiscal year 2010-11 4 years  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 4 years  

*SMART: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound.

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada’s SMART criteria. Considering the expenditures on and purchase volume of office computers, these reductions are a best practice in green procurement and should be considered before any other targets.
  2. It requires either asset management data on office computers or data on the average expenditure per office employee and the average cost of office computer for a proxy calculation.
  3. Successful integration of this target in Agency operations requires the collaboration of multiple stakeholders, such as information technology authorities, procurement authorities and asset managers. It also requires the support of program managers throughout the organization.


8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART* green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.
8.10.2 As of April 1, 2011, at least 90% of new purchases and leases of printers and multi-functional devices will have environmental features.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of newly purchased and leased printers and multi-functional devices with environmental features in the 2010-2011 fiscal year 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 90%  

*SMART: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound.

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada’s SMART criteria.
  2. This target complements the Printing Unit Reduction Target (8.7).
  3. For this target, progress against measure in the given fiscal year may be lower than the established baseline to allow for security and emergency management considerations under specific conditions.


8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART* green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.
8.10.3 By March 31, 2012, the Agency will procure and operationalize smart bars for all workstations across the Agency to enhance energy efficiency.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Baseline in 2010-2011:

Number of purchased and operationalized smart bars relative to the number of workstations across the Agency

0%
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%  

*SMART: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound.

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada’s SMART criteria.
  2. This target will realize cost-savings and reduced energy consumption during off-peak hours. Considering the high level of electricity used in office buildings, these reductions are a best practice in green procurement.
  3. Operationalizing smart bars for all workstations will reduce greenhouse gas emissions attributable to the Agency and support the Agency's 4th Energy Reduction Initiative in its link Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy.
  4. This target requires the collaboration of multiple stakeholders, such as information technology, sustainable development, procurement authorities and asset managers. It also requires the support of program managers throughout the organization.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART* targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.
Training for Select Employees

8.11.1 By March 31, 2012, a minimum of 80% of materiel managers, procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders will have taken an Agency recognized training course on green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Baselines established in 2009-10:  
% of Asset and Materiel Management employees with Canadian School of Public Service (CSPS) C215 certification 73%

% of Asset and Materiel Management contracting specialists with CSPS C215 certification

83%
% of Acquisition Card Holders with PHAC Mandatory Procurement Training 83%

Progress against measure in the given fiscal year:

 
% of Asset and Materiel Management employees with Canadian School of Public Service (CSPS) C215 certification 80%**

% of Asset and Materiel Management contracting specialists with CSPS C215 certification

80%**
% of Acquisition Card Holders with PHAC Mandatory Procurement Training 100%***

*SMART: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound.
**For these targets, progress against measure in the given fiscal year may be lower than the established baseline to allow for security and emergency management considerations under specific conditions.
***Mandatory

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada’s SMART criteria.
  2. An Agency recognized training course on green procurement includes: The Canada School of Public Service C215 certification and the mandatory procurement training for PHAC acquisition cardholders.
  3. For the purpose of this target, identified materiel managers and procurement personnel include all PHAC employees designated with a Procurement Group (PG) classification.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART* targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.
Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management

8.11.2 As of April 1, 2011, 100% of all identified managers and functional heads of procurement will have environmental considerations clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Baselines established in 2009-10:

% of all managers and function heads (three employees) of procurement and materials with environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations

100%
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%  

*SMART: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound.

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada’s SMART criteria.
  2. The three identified employees have responsibility for 100% of departmental purchases over $10,000.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART* targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.
Management processes and controls

8.11.3 By March 31, 2014, decrease the quantity of “unknown attributes” associated with the financial system’s Green Procurement field in contracts by at least 10% below 2009-10 baseline levels.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
% of contracts and services with ‘unknown attributes’ 3,171 of 4,853 contracts = 65%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 63% “unknown attributes”  

*SMART: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound.

Strategies / Comments

  1. In the 2009-10 Departmental Performance Report, PHAC reported that it established a green procurement baseline indicator for purchased goods and services.
    • 3171 Unknown Attributes or $125.7M.
    • 72 Environmental Attributes of Supplier or $20.1M.
    • 41 Uncertified Environmental Attribute or $0.6M.
    • 67 Certified Environmental Attribute or $1.4M.
    • 22 Recycled Content or $0.1M.
    • 1480 No Environmental Attribute or $364.6M.
  2. Of the 4,853 contracts implemented in 2009-10 for goods and services, four percent or 202 included a green component. PHAC’s objective for 2011-12 is to reduce the quantity of unknown attributes by 2%. Goods and services include, but are not limited to:
    • IT hardware procurement;
    • Vehicles procurement;
    • Furniture procurement;
    • IT services procurement;
    • Professional services procurement; and
    • Acquisition card procurement.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year
(Optional for all RPPs)
Not Applicable  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency is not seeking to purchase greenhouse gas emissions offset credits in 2011-12.

Top of Page

Public Safety Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12)  Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 100%  
FY 2012–13 100%  
FY 2013–14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In the context of this target, locations are defined as regions (Public Safety Canada currently has 31 offices located in 14 regions – including the National Capital Region (headquarters) as well as other regions across the country. Of note, 85% of Public Safety Canada employees and 90% of the Department’s electronic and electrical equipment are located in the NCR.
  2. Public Safety Canada currently has a procedure in place for headquarters and all regional presences that follow the PWGSC Federal Electronic Waste Strategy and FSDS requirements for electronic equipment.
  3. The procedure currently allows the Department to track both plug-in and battery powered ‘electronic equipment’ by equipment type
  4. The procedure also allows the Department to track mechanisms used to dispose of ‘electronic and electrical equipment’.
  5. Public Safety Canada does not currently track its electrical equipment, but will investigate ways of doing so in 2011-2012.
  6. Public Safety Canada will document and strengthen its internal process for reuse, disposal and/or recycling of all unused computer and office equipment items (from the NCR and regions). The procedures covered by this process will be reviewed and approved by the departmental Management Committee and posted on the Department’s Intranet site.
  7. Public Safety Canada will continue to find measures to reduce its volume of computers and office equipment.
  8. Public Safety Canada will continue to exploit information technology equipment buyback or municipal/provincial/federal E-waste recycling programs (Industry Canada Website, Computers for Schools, Crown Assets).

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) 3 :1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12  4 :1  
FY 2012–13  8 :1  
FY 2013–14 8 :1  

Strategies / Comments

* Note: This is an estimated ratio, calculated by using the total number of printing devices and the number of employees. It does not differentiate between network and local printers and may not be representative of the distribution within the various regional presences. In fiscal year 2011-12, the Department will determine a more accurate count of printing units.

  1. Definition of Printing Unit: In the context of this target, printing units are defined as desktop printers, network printers, as well multifunctional printers (i.e. a photocopier, fax, and scanner functions).
  2. Scope: Public Safety Canada is currently determining appropriate scoping requirements for this target. It is expect that select printing units and employees will need to be scoped out due to space configuration in the regions, security considerations and the duty to accommodate.
  3. Method for Tracking Printing Units: Public Safety Canada will finalize an inventory of organizational printing units (the Department will obtain the number of printing units connected to the network).
  4. Method for Tracking Office Employees: Public Safety Canada will determine its number of office employees using its Human Resources Management System (HRMS - PeopleSoft).
  5. Implementation Strategies:
    1. Public Safety Canada will establish a Network Printer Directive where local printers will become an exception and all printing device approvals will come from the Department’s Corporate Management Branch.
    2. Public Safety Canada will review its printer requirements and deploy as required. It will also evaluate its requirements to determine the feasibility of using multifunctional devices to reduce printing units throughout the Department.  

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Baseline will be identified by the end of FY 2011-12   
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12  N/A  
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. In fiscal year 2011-12, Public Safety Canada will finalize a baseline and tracking methodologies for this target.
  2. Scope:
    1. At a minimum, this target will include internal consumption of 8½ x 11 inch, 8½ x 14 inch, and 11 x 17 stock papers across Canada, including all regional offices.
    2. This target will exclude external printing, including those that have been contracted out to a printing supplier, as well as printing (e.g. a report ) resulting from a contract with an external supplier of goods and services only in circumstances when Public Safety Canada does not have the capacity to complete the printing task in-house.
    3. Additional scoping criteria may be developed in 2011-12 as the baseline and tracking methodologies are finalized (e.g., the printing of secret documents).
  3. Identified implementation strategies include:
    1. Review Public Safety Canada’s printer use management policy to ensure that the default setting for all printers and copiers are programmed for doubled-sided printing, whenever feasible.
    2. In 2011-12, further implementation strategies will be developed for this target.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Expected completion date
March 2012 
 

Strategies / Comments

  1.  In the context of this target, meetings will include local meetings, regional or national meetings (more than 50km away for at least one participant), international meetings (participants from more than one country) and major events and conferences (large and/or multi day events)
  2. In 2011-12, the Department will develop strategies to green meetings including:
    1. increase the use of soft copies during meetings at Public Safety Canada (i.e. project agenda and presentations projected on the screen);
    2. use recycled plates and cutlery as well as explore ways of using environmentally friendly food and beverage services providers;
    3. increase usage of videoconferencing rather than traveling to meetings;
    4. provide water pitchers rather than bottles;
    5. using public transportation when travelling to a meeting; and
    6. use facilities with environmentally preferred products in washrooms, meeting rooms etc.
  3. Public Safety Canada will review the Environment Canada Green Meeting Guide and assess whether needs are addressed based on information gathered in the scan of departmental meeting practices.
  4. Public Safety Canada will communicate green practices to employees on an ongoing basis.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2012, Public Safety Canada will ensure that 95% of toner cartridges purchased are remanufactured or recycled
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] 95% in FY 2008-09  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  This target meets all of the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 
  2. Baseline: In 2008-09, 95% of Public Safety Canada’s printer toners were remanufactured or recycled (source: “Green Procurement” supplementary table in the 2010-11 Report on Plans and Priorities).
  3. Public Safety Canada will continue to purchase products through the stock room at headquarters (in the NCR) to ensure the availability of inventory counts.
  4. Public Safety Canada will investigate the possibility of including criteria to give priority to suppliers demonstrating that its organization operates within “green” policies and programs.
  5. Investigate procurement policies to determine the feasibility of including environmental considerations in the departmental purchasing criteria, in conjunction with traditional interests of price, performance and availability.


As of April 1, 2011, office computers will have a minimum average of a four year life cycle in the Department
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average life of office computers in the Department Baseline
FY 2010-11: four year average life cycle
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12: four year average life cycle  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all of the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 
  2. Exclusions may include computers that must be compatible with security requirements (the new Secure Network) or the computers for the Minister or Deputy Minister.
  3. Public Safety Canada currently has a procedure in place, managed by its Information Technology and Procurement authorities, to renew 25% of its computer inventory every four years to ensure that the Department has the latest and most energy efficient technologies.
  4. Public Safety Canada is equipped with a system to track its spending on assets. This will be reinforced and integrated into the Department’s Investment Planning process.
  5. The Department will investigate procurement policies to determine the feasibility of including environmental considerations in the departmental purchasing criteria, in conjunction with traditional interests of price, performance and availability.
  6. The Department will create awareness with client groups through presentations.


By March 31, 2014, 95% of paper purchases contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and/or have forest management certification, EcoLogo or equivalent certification
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Volume of paper purchased that meets target requirements, relative to the total volume of all paper purchased  N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.

FY 2011-12: N/A
FY 2012-13: N/AFY 2013-14: 95%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2011-12 and in conjunction with the above paper reduction target, the Department will finalize scope and tracking methodologies for this target.
  2. This target meets all of the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 
  3. Greening a visible commodity will provide a constant reminder to all employees of their obligations to help green government operations and send the message that greening government operations is a priority for Public Safety Canada.
  4. The Department will create awareness with client groups through presentations.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.
By March 31, 2012, 90% of materiel managers, procurement officers and acquisition cardholders will have taken a Green Procurement training course
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of materiel managers, procurement officers and acquisition cardholders that have taken a green procurement training course as of the end of fiscal 2010-11 (Optional in 2010-11)  N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12: 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all of the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 
  2. A minimum of 90% of material managers, procurement officers and acquisition cardholders will have identified a Green Procurement training course in their 2011-12 individual learning plans (if an approved course has yet to be taken)
  3. The Department will develop an awareness campaign to promote existing tools available online.
  4. Public Safety Canada will include green procurement as part of presentations delivered to its management teams.
  5. The Department will develop a tracking/monitoring system for this target.
  6. Public Safety Canada will create a policy to prevent acquisition cardholders from using the card if the green procurement training course is not taken by the end of 2011-12.
  7. The Department will strengthen dialogues between its branches, divisions and client groups during the departmental business planning process


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2011, green procurement objectives are included in 100% of the performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and material management
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of managers and functional heads of procurement and material management that have included green procurement objectives in their performance evaluations (in 2010-11)  N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12: 100%   

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all of the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 
  2. 100% of procurement officers will receive performance expectations and reviews related to green procurement


Management processes and controls.

As of March 31, 2014, a minimum of three management processes and controls will be greened
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of greened management processes and controls (in 2010-11) N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.

FY 2011-12: N/A
FY 2012-13 : N/A

FY 2013-14 : 3
 

Strategies / Comments

In fiscal year 2011-12, Public Safety Canada will develop an inventory of all management processes and controls, pertaining to procurement. Of those identified, the Department will determine those that will be greened.

This target meets all of the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 

Examples of green management processes and controls which may be established include:

  1. Implementing the departmental policy on ‘Green Procurement’;
  2. Implementing the departmental policy on ‘Acquisition Cards’;
  3. Developing an awareness campaign to promote existing tools available online;
  4. Including green procurement as part of presentations delivered to the Department’s management teams; and
  5. Strengthening the dialogue between the Material Management Division and client groups during the departmental business planning process.

Top of Page

Public Servants Disclosure Protection Tribunal Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here5.


Strategies / Comments

The Registry of the Public Servants Disclosure Protection Tribunal is committed to integrating environmental performance considerations in its procurement decision-making process in the following target areas:

  1. Planning, by updating the departmental acquisition policy to reflect the Registry's commitment to green procurement, and requiring that the departmental business plan include green procurement considerations
  2. Acquisition, by purchasing environmentally friendly or recycled goods whenever possible
  3. Disposal of goods, by reusing or recycling electronic waste

Notes:

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Public Service Commission of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The PSC has designated a Procurement Services Representative as its Green Procurement Coordinator. The Green Procurement Coordinator attends the Green Procurement Forum and ensures that the PSC is up-to-date on the requirements of this policy.
  2. Management processes and controls: The existing PSC sustainable development policy and related guidelines developed in 2007 remains in effect. For the PSC, these initiatives include the recommended use of refillable/remanufactured cartridges for all printers and photocopiers, the return of used cartridges for recycling, the purchase and use of recycled paper products as well as the reduction of paper use through the setting of printer defaults to duplexing (double-sided).
  3. Setting targets: The PSC is not a Category 1 Department and is therefore not required to set green procurement targets. In light of the PSC’s buying patterns, the PSC does not see the need to establish its own specific green procurement targets, since it relies mainly on already established Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Standing Offers and Supply Arrangements for the acquisition of the majority of its goods. The PSC nonetheless achieves Green Procurement commitments through a combination of initiatives, including government-wide commodity management initiatives and the procurement services of PWGSC.

    Notable initiatives include the following:

    • All of the PSC’s solicitation documents include the following clause regarding green procurement and services:
      • “Green Procurement and Services: The contractor should make every effort to ensure that all documents prepared or delivered are printed double-sided on Ecology certified recycled paper or on paper with equivalent post-consumer recycled content to the full extent to which it is procurable”;
    • The PSC provides only electronic references of its General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Terms of Payment in all of its solicitation documents;
    • In the future, the PSC’s intention is to only provide electronic references of its General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions for contractual agreements;
    • All of the PSC’s contractual documents are printed double-sided;
    • Whenever possible, the PSC posts its solicitation documents on-line (MERX);
    • Even though the PSC has significantly reduced the number of printers in use and continues to do so, it has initiated a review of its photocopier fleet with the intent to optimize it with regard to usage and to identify potential redundancies;
    • The PSC purchases most of its goods using standing offers established by PWGSC that relate to green products/services;
    • The PSC has undertaken internal space reconfiguration projects;
    • The PSC has limited investments in furniture and furniture systems;
    • Based on operational priorities approved by senior management, the PSC has acquired and installed replacement green office furniture / furniture systems; and
    • The PSC has invested in over 62 new Teknion workstations (for a total of 342) that can be re-used, reconfigured or relocated at any time and at minimal cost, especially in light of the planned move of the PSC Headquarters from L'Esplanade Laurier to a new building in Gatineau within the next 2-3 years. The procurement for the Teknion workstations was performed through PWGSC’s office furniture Standing Offer.
    The PSC is in the process of planning for the relocation of its Headquarters operation into a new building in 2012-2013. The new building will be a LEED Gold building. LEED stands for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Green Building Rating System and is set up to encourage and accelerate the global adoption of sustainable green building and development practices. LEED is an internationally accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

    LEED promotes a whole-building approach to sustainability by recognizing performance in five key areas of human and environmental health:
    • sustainable site development
    • water efficiency
    • energy efficiency
    • materials selection
    • indoor environmental quality
    With the relocation to the new building in 2013, new furniture and equipment specially designed for the new building will be acquired. In addition to the usual Environmental Policy Statement in the Request for Proposal, the PSC will also request that the products contribute to LEED points; that a hazardous and toxic material management system be in place at the manufacturing facilities; and that packaging be kept to a minimum.

    The PSC continues to be an active participant in the Green Citizenship Network. With excellent co-operation and good communication with the L’Esplanade Laurier government tenants, the PSC has managed to organize various activities within the L'Esplanade Laurier complex related to such worthwhile causes as Earth Day, Waste Reduction Week and Environment Week.
  4. Meeting targets: The PSC previously made a commitment to create a site on its Intracom page that allows employees access to information on sustainable development initiatives and pertinent sites of interest. This site was implemented as planned, and is updated as new information becomes available.
    • The PSC has completed, with PWGSC, the implementation of sustainable development initiatives and improved building efficiency (removal of polychlorinated biphenyls from the electrical transformers located within L'Esplanade Laurier).
  5. Training: In the past, the PSC had one of its Procurement Services Representatives attend the Green Procurement Forum, and the PSC is committed to sending a representative in the coming years. Additionally, all employees of the Procurement Services Unit are encouraged to complete CSPS Course C215 – Green Procurement.
  6. Performance evaluations: The PSC continues to assess its procurement needs with regard to environmental considerations, and applies any relevant green initiative in all acquisition phases.

Notes:

  • 1 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Public Service Labour Relations Board



Public Service Labour Relations Board

Green Procurement


Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff - The PSLRB Procurement and Materiel Management staff will complete the Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) during fiscal year 2011-12.
  2. Training for Acquisition Cardholders - The online Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the CSPS will be a recommended course for designated acquisition cardholders as part of their fiscal year 2011-12 training plan.
  3. Performance Evaluations - Environmental considerations will be included in the evaluations of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
  4. Procurement Processes and Controls - The PSLRB has mandated the functional head of procurement to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement. Plans will be made to define environmental considerations in order to improve the integration in the procurement decision making, with respect to management processes and controls.
  5. Use of Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments - The PSLRB purchases primarily involve office supplies, office furniture and IT equipment. These purchases are made through the use of the PWGSC Standing Offer on products and services that provide best prices, better quality and a green procurement guarantee (e.g., recycled material, environmental performance). In fiscal year 2011-12, the PSLRB will amend its financial coding system to capture and track the use of green consolidated procurement instruments and purchases that include environmental considerations.
  6. Reduction Initiatives for Specific Goods - In fiscal year 2011-12, the PSLRB will assess possible reduction initiatives for specific goods.

Top of Page

Public Service Staffing Tribunal



Green Procurement

 
Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)    

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff – The PSST Procurement and Materiel Management staff will complete the Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) during fiscal year 2011-12.
  2. Training for Acquisition Cardholders – The online Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the CSPS will be a recommended course for designated acquisition cardholders as part of their fiscal year 2011-12 training plan.
  3. Performance Evaluations – Environmental considerations will be included in the evaluations of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
  4. Procurement Processes and Controls – Plans will be made to define environmental considerations in order to improve the integration in the procurement decision making, with respect to management processes and controls.
  5. Use of Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments – The PSST purchases primarily involve office supplies, office furniture and IT equipment. These purchases are made through the use of the PWGSC Standing Offer on products and services that provide best prices, better quality and a green procurement guarantee (e.g. recycled material, environmental performance). In fiscal year 2011-12, the PSST will amend its financial coding system to capture and track the use of green consolidated procurement instruments, and purchases that include environmental considerations.
  6. Reduction Initiatives for Specific Goods – In fiscal year 2011-12, the PSST will assess possible reduction initiatives for specific goods.

Top of Page

Public Works and Government Services Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-2012) Not applicable in FY 2011-2012  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-2012) Not applicable in FY 2011-2012  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) To be completed in FY 2011-2012*  

Strategies / Comments

  1. *In fiscal year 2011-2012, PWGSC will develop a strategic framework for green buildings which will identify: minimum levels of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds, applicable building types, industry recognized assessment and verification tools to be used, and the expected number of projects / buildings to achieve the target within each fiscal year.
  2. PWGSC is committed to achieving LEED Gold for new construction and built-to-lease projects, and LEED Silver for major renovations. 


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-2012) Not applicable in FY 2011-2012  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-2012) Not applicable in FY 2011-2012  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) To be completed in FY 2011-2012*  

Strategies / Comments

  1. *In fiscal year 2011-2012, PWGSC will develop a strategic framework for green buildings which will identify: minimum levels of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds, applicable building types, industry recognized assessment and verification tools to be used, and the expected number of projects / buildings to achieve the target within each fiscal year.

  2. In PWGSC SDS 2007-2009, PWGSC made the commitment to assess existing Crown-owned office buildings using BOMA Go Green Plus.

  3. As of March 2010, 258 existing Crown-owned office buildings have been assessed.

  4. The development of the strategic framework will build on this initial commitment for office buildings to include all buildings. 



8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-2012) Not applicable in FY 2011-2012  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-2012) Not applicable in FY 2011-2012  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) To be completed in FY 2011-2012*  

Strategies / Comments

  1. *In fiscal year 2011-2012, PWGSC will develop a strategic framework for green buildings which will identify: minimum levels of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds, applicable building types, industry recognized assessment and verification tools to be used, and the expected number of projects / buildings to achieve the target within each fiscal year.



8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-2012) Not applicable in FY 2011-2012  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-2012) Not applicable in FY 2011-2012  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) To be completed in FY 2011-2012*  

Strategies / Comments

  1. *In fiscal year 2011-2012, PWGSC will develop a strategic framework for green buildings which will identify: minimum levels of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds, applicable building types, industry recognized assessment and verification tools to be used, and the expected number of projects / buildings to achieve the target within each fiscal year.


Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-2021, relative to fiscal year 2005-2006. Target for FY 2020-2021: 17%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-2006, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. Baseline: 278 (FY 2005-2006)  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-2012 270   
FY 2012-2013    
FY 2013-2014    
FY 2014-2015    
FY 2015-2016    
FY 2016-2017    
FY 2017-2018    
FY 2018-2019    
FY 2019-2020    
FY 2020-2021    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 - 3%  
FY 2012-2013    
FY 2013-2014    
FY 2014-2015    
FY 2015-2016    
FY 2016-2017    
FY 2017-2018    
FY 2018-2019    
FY 2019-2020    
FY 2020-2021    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted GHG emissions sources: All buildings, central heating and cooling plants, data centres and fleet, with the exception of:
    1. Housing units located in northern territories
  2. Key Components of PWGSC Implementation Plan:
    1. From 2011-2012 to 2020-2021, emissions reductions are primarily expected to result from energy efficiency upgrades and retrofits at departmental facilities:
      1. 9% - Office buildings
      2. 6% - Energy Services Acquisitions Program – Central Heating and Cooling Plants
      3. 2% - Capital Investment
      4. <1% - Fleet and Data Centres

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE(Optional in RPP 2011-2012) Completed in FY 2010-2011  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The PWGSC definition of ‘location’ is Region. The National Capital Area is considered a separate region; there are 6 locations for this target.

  2. PWGSC’s implementation plan addresses the disposal of all departmentally generated surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in a manner consistent with the Guideline for the Disposal of Federal Surplus EEE.

  3. PWGSC’s plan identifies responsibilities, including delegated authority, for EEE disposal at all ‘locations’.

  4. PWGSC is updating its departmental integrated financial and materiel management system to enable reporting of quantities of key equipment types directed to each disposal mechanism.

  5. PWGSC departmental disposal authorities meet regularly to ensure consistent application of the e-waste implementation plan.


Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) Actual Results for FY 2010-2011: 4:1   
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-2012 6:1  
FY 2012-2013 8:1  
FY 2013-2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Printing Units: As per PWGSC’s IT Asset Alignment Program’s Phase II Program Ratio, including networked printers, multifunctional devices, photocopiers, faxes and scanners.

  2. Scope: The ratios include all printing units and office employees within the department. During the 2011-2012 fiscal year, PWGSC will determine any additional scope for this target, including building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration.

  3. Method used for determining number of printing units: PWGSC requires all branches / regions to physically count all printing units within the branch every six months. PWGSC also requires branches / regions to estimate the number of printing units that will be part of the branch’s / region’s inventory in six months and in eighteen months.

  4. Method used for determining # of office employees: PWGSC uses a combination of data obtained from HR systems and physical head counts to determine the number of office employees. Office employees includes all employees (Full-Time Equivalents, Part-Time Equivalents, Students, Casuals, and those on Contract).


Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) Baseline FY 2009-2010 selected  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) FY 2011-2012 Not available*   
FY 2012-2013    
FY 2013-2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: PWGSC has elected to include all departmental employees and all paper purchased through the PWGSC Standing Offer for paper.

  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: PWGSC Standing Offer usage data.

  3. Method used for determining # of office employees: PWGSC uses a combination of data obtained from HR systems and physical head counts to determine the number of office employees. Office employees includes all employees (Full-Time Equivalents, Part-Time Equivalents, Students, Casuals, and those on Contract).

  4. *Implementation strategies to reduce paper consumption: PWGSC is in the process of developing implementation strategies to reduce paper consumption. As such, at this time it is not possible to estimate paper consumption for the 2011-2012 fiscal year.


Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) To be completed in FY 2011-2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The department has initiated the process outlined in the FSDS Guideline for 8.9: Adopting a Departmental Green Meeting Guide for developing a green meeting guide and is on track to meet the 2012 deadline.

  2. The green meeting guide will be approved for adoption through a departmental consultation and approval process.


Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


8.10.1 By March 31, 2014, the average fuel efficiency (in litres per 100 km) of all new light-duty vehicles purchased in the fiscal year by PWGSC will be 15% improved over the average light-duty vehicle fleet fuel efficiency (in litres per 100 km) in fiscal year 2009-2010.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average light-duty vehicle fleet fuel consumption relative to kilometres travelled in 2009-2010 Baseline: 13.2 L/100km (FY 2009-2010)  
Average fuel consumption relative to kilometres travelled of new light-duty vehicles purchased FY 2011-2012 Not available*  
FY 2012-2013 Not available*  
FY 2013-2014 11.2 L/100km  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.

  2. Incorporating guidance on vehicle right-sizing into the PWGSC Motor Vehicle Fleet Management Policy and incorporating environmental considerations into vehicle procurement processes and controls.

  3. Continuing regular vehicle maintenance program (oil changes, tune-ups, tire pressure checks, etc.).

  4. Replacing light-duty vehicles within the Treasury Board Secretariat Guide to Fleet Management benchmark range.

* At time of RPP, PWGSC was not in a position to forecast average fuel efficiency of vehicles purchased for FY 2011-2012 and 2012-2013. PWGSC’s analysis shows that a 15% improvement in fuel efficiency is achievable within three years.



8.10.2 As of April 1, 2011, 95% of IT hardware will be purchased against PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments or meet the environmental criteria contained in the PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Purchases meeting the target relative to total of all purchases for IT hardware, as measured by dollar value, expressed as a percentage Baseline not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 95%  
FY 2012-2013 95%  
FY 2013-2014 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.

  2. Scope: "IT hardware" includes desktops, notebooks, servers and thin clients. "PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments" includes Standing Offers and Requests for Volume Discount (RVDs)

  3. Processes / reporting requirements: Financial database

  4. Implementation strategies: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers. For select IT hardware where a consolidated procurement instrument is not available or not suitable, the Department will work to ensure that IT hardware purchases incorporate the environmental criteria included in consolidated procurement instruments. However, it is difficult to attain 100% due to the decentralized nature of operations and operational requirements.



8.10.3 By March 31, 2014, PWGSC will increase by 5% employee trips taken by rail and other green modes of transportation over trips by all modes of transportation, where operational requirements allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of trips taken by rail and other green modes of transportation within 500km of the point of origin over all trips taken within 500km of the point of origin. Baseline not available*  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 Not available*  
FY 2012-2013    
FY 2013-2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.

  2. *In fiscal year 2011-2012, PWGSC will undertake a comprehensive review of travel data, set a baseline, define target scope and develop implementation strategies.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


8.11.1 Training for select employees.

As of April 1, 2011, 90% of materiel managers and procurement personnel, and 100% of acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of materiel managers, procurement personnel, and acquisition cardholders who have completed training relative to the total number of materiel managers, procurement personnel, and acquisition cardholders in 2009-2010.

Actual results for FY 2009-2010:

100% materiel managers

84% of procurement personnel

100% of acquisition cardholders

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 90% materiel managers and procurement personnel, 100% of acquisition cardholders  
FY 2012-2013 Same as 2011-2012  
FY 2013-2014 Same as 2011-2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.

  2. Mitigation strategies will be in place to ensure that new and outstanding materiel managers, procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders will receive green procurement training (CSPS C215).

  3. All new acquisition cardholders must complete green procurement training in order to receive their acquisition card.

  4. PWGSC notes that setting a target of 100% for materiel managers and procurement personnel is difficult due to employee turnover, individual learning requirements, and other challenges.



8.11.2 Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2011, 90% of identified managers and functional heads will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions. Baseline not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 90%  
FY 2012-2013 90%  
FY 2013-2014 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.

  2. Identify which managers and functional heads should have environmental considerations included in their performance evaluations.

  3. Incorporate standardized green procurement and/or other environmental consideration clauses into performance evaluations.

  4. Monitor the inclusion of environmental/green procurement considerations in performance evaluations taking into consideration the EPMA planning cycle using established system.

  5. PWGSC notes that setting a target of 100% is difficult due to employee turnover, individual performance requirements, and other challenges.



8.11.3 Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of three management processes and controls related to procurement and/or materiel management will be adjusted to support departmental green procurement implementation.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of processes, controls and management information systems that will be adjusted as a result of green procurement implementation strategies Minimum of 3, by FY 2013-2014  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 1  
FY 2012-2013 2  
FY 2013-2014 3  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.

  2. PWGSC will continue the ongoing monitoring of procurement and materiel management processes and controls to ensure the integration of green procurement principles into the review process. A minimum of three management processes and controls will be completed in the next three years in the areas of governance and specific commodity procurement processes.


Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


By March 31, 2014 complete remediation or complete risk management plans at 72% of known contaminated sites
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Percentage of known contaminated sites with completed remediation or completed risk management plans, as of March 2010. Actual results for FY 2009-2010: 65%   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 67%  
FY 2012-2013 69%  
FY 2013-2014 72%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC is responsible for 254 known contaminated sites, as of December 2010.

  2. As of March 2010, 172 active contaminated sites (listed on the Federal Contaminated Sites Inventory (FCSI) were listed with a status of either "remediation complete" (i.e., completed remediation or risk management plan implemented) or "assessed, no action required" as indicated in the FCSI effective June 2009.

  3. In 2007-2008, PWGSC completed a report on PWGSC Brownfield sites.

  4. This target is in line with previous sustainable development commitments (PWGSC SDS 2007-2009, Target 4.1.1)

  5. Baseline as of September 2009 when 2009 Contaminated Sites Management Plan was submitted to Treasury Board Secretariat.

  6. PWGSC will continue its ongoing remediation and risk management as per the 2009 Contaminated Sites Management Plan to meet the progress identified in the above table.



By March 31, 2012 hazardous materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Crown-owned building inventory will have been reduced by 25%
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status (Optional)  
In baseline fiscal year, inventory of hazardous materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Crown-owned buildings. Baseline FY 2005-2006 selected  
Percentage reduction of hazardous materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Crown-owned buildings. 25%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target has been carried forward from PWGSC SDS 2007-2009 (Target 4.1.2)

  2. This target will be achieved through the application of the PWGSC National Hazardous Materials Reduction Strategy and Guidelines. This will include product elimination, and /or replacement/ substitution with less toxic and/or non-hazardous alternative products.

  3. In fiscal year 2011-2012, PWSCG will conduct a sample survey of hazardous materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Crown-owned building.



By March 2012, PWGSC asset management processes and documents will have been reviewed to ensure that SDS commitments are integrated in the processes
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status (Optional)    
Percentage of processes reviewed, as of March 2010. Actual results for FY 2009-2010: 66%*  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.(2011-2012) 100%   

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target has been carried forward from PWGSC SDS 2007-2009 (Target 1.2.3)
  2. Processes and documents include: National Investment Strategy (NIS), Community-Based Investment Strategy (CBIS), Asset Management Plan (AMP), Building Management Plan (BMP), Investment Analysis Report (IAR), National Project Management System (NPMS)
  3. * 66 % represents 4 of 6 existing tools that have been reviewed as of March 2010. They are:
    1. CBIS: Documents are being reviewed to ensure SDS commitments are integrated.
    2. AMP: A review was completed in March 2009. A full policy review has been ongoing since January 2008.
    3. IAR: A revised PWGSC IAR Guide and Template has been developed and national training for completing IARs has commenced
    4. NPMS: A review was conducted to identify opportunities for incorporating sustainability. Recommendations are to be developed into an action plan.


By March 2013, contractually ensure that resources used in construction or maintenance are consumed and recovered in a sustainable manner
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status (Optional)  
Percent of processes reviewed. Actual results for FY 2010-2011: 50%*  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 75%  
FY 2012-2013 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. * 50% represents 2 of 4 processes identified below (iii to vi).

  2. This target has been carried forward from PWGSC SDS 2007-2009 (Target 2.1.2)

  3. As of December 2010, clauses have been incorporated in Alternative Forms of Delivery-managed activities.

  4. PWGSC National Project Management System ensures resources used in construction are consumed and recovered in a sustainable manner.

  5. Targets 8.1 – 8.5 (in this document) address major Real Property contracts opportunities in new construction and renovation, leasing, fit-up and refit projects and in building operation and management.

  6. Integration of Sustainable Development in the remaining contractual activities will be addressed in cooperation with Acquisitions Branch.


Notes:

1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

RCMP External Review Committee



Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. In fiscal year 2011 12, the RCMP External Review Committee (ERC) will ensure that it will meet all of the requirements of the Policy on Green Procurement.

  2. The ERC will continue to encourage staff to use the recycling/shredder bins provided for paper and plastic. It will also make every effort to reduce paper usage by using electronic alternatives and by encouraging staff to minimize printing and copying by utilizing duplex printing options. The ERC will continue to use Public Works and Government Services green consolidated procurement instruments whenever possible. Purchases made outside of these green consolidated procurement instruments will take into account environmental considerations

Top of Page

Royal Canadian Mounted Police



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The Director General, Procurement and Contracting Branch is accountable for the “promulgation and monitoring of national procurement/contracting policies” which includes all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: Our financial coding system has been modified to allow the tracking and monitoring of all “green” procurement activities including purchases from Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) green consolidated procurement instruments. Procedures have been established to review and vet system data for accuracy of coding and reporting. All procurement policies have been reviewed and updated for relevance including the RCMP’s Policy on Green Procurement. The RCMP has established a Green Procurement Working Group to help with the formulation and implementation of policies and initiatives related to Green Procurement.
  3. Setting Targets: In addition to commitments identified in ii., iv., and v., the RCMP has committed to the targets as listed below.
  4. Training: The RCMP (or “Branch”) required that all existing functional specialist staff take Canada School of Public Service(CPPS) course C215 by the end of the fiscal year. The RCMP also required that all new functional specialist staff take CSPS course C215 within three months of being hired.
  5. Performance Evaluations: This fiscal year required that selected procurement directors had an objective included in his/her performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in procurement activities where possible.
As of April 1, 2012, the RCMP will utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 85% of its purchases of laptop computers, desktop computers and network printers.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value of purchases against green consolidated procurement instruments for laptop computers, desktop computers and network printers relative to total dollar value of all purchases for laptop computers, desktop computers and network printers in the baseline year selected. (FY 2010-2011) 85%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism
  2. Measurable: Information available from our financial systems
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers
  4. Relevant: High volume / cost of computer and printer purchases
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All purchases for laptop computers, desktop computers and network printers
  2. Processes / reporting requirements: Financial database
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Procurement Unit Managers; Manager, Technical Planning Services 


As of April 1, 2012, 75% of all RCMP administrative fleet vehicles purchased (subject to availability) will be hybrid vehicles or the most fuel efficient vehicle in its class.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value of purchases for hybrid and/or lowest fuel efficient in class administrative vehicles relative to total dollar value of all purchases of administrative vehicles in the baseline year selected (FY 2010–2012) 75%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism
  2. Measurable: Information available from our financial systems
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating purchase of smaller class vehicles equipped with fuel/pollution reduction technology, e.g., hybrid power
  4. Relevant: High environmental cost of vehicles
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All RCMP administrative fleet vehicles
  2. Processes / reporting requirements: Financial database
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director, Procurement and Contracting Services; National Manager, Moveable Assets


Training for Select Employees

As of April 1, 2012, 95% of Materiel Managers and Procurement Personnel will have received green procurement training through CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff 95%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 95%, type of employee, and type of training
  2. Measurable: Information available from CSPS and in-house HR tracking system
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates all procurement and materiel management employees take green procurement training
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. In-house training used: None – CSPS Course C215 only
  2. Reporting requirements: Collect data from CSPS annually; RCMP Procurement and Contracting maintains an up-to-date list of employees with or needing training
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director, Procurement Policy
Top of Page

Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council



Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


In 2011-12, SSHRC will ensure compliance with section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, including the development of targets. With this in mind, SSHRC has already made the following steps toward greening government operations:

  • implemented a program to reuse office supplies often left behind when offices
    are vacated;
  • integrated a recovery program for used batteries into SSHRC’s operations and adhered to the toner cartridge recycling program;
  • reduced paper consumption through online submission for some SSHRC funding opportunities, which has translated into a 52 per cent reduction in printing costs;
  • defaulted all office printing equipment to double-sided;
  • promoted the use of electronic tools or software such as Microsoft Outlook instead of paper agendas, planners and calendars; as well as the use of online versions of reference books such as dictionaries and writing, terminology and translation guides (e.g., Termium, ConjugArt);
  • selected SSHRC letterhead materials with vegetable-based inks, recycled fibres, and environmentally friendly varnishes, and adhered to Eco Mark program standards; and
  • disposed of assets in an environmentally friendly manner, and promoted reuse through initiatives such as providing used computers to schools and using the Crown asset-disposal auction site.
Top of Page

Statistics Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green procurement reporting for departments and agencies not bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy implementation status (Optional)  
Strategies/Comments

Approach
The agency’s Director of Corporate Support Services Division has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.

Management processes and controls
Statistics Canada has already taken strong steps regarding office supply purchases. All such purchases are now made through the Statistics Canada store—this has been mandatory since April 2009.

Green procurement considerations have been also embedded in Statistics Canada's procurement checklist.

The bulk of Statistics Canada’s buy—69%—is done via Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) procurement tools, which now have green considerations incorporated in them. Statistics Canada has contributed to the development of those tools by membership on certain commodity teams. Statistics Canada will continue to do so. In particular, the agency will continue to promote the use of existing Government of Canada procurement tools, will actively participate at the Client Advisory Board, and will participate as a member of various PWGSC commodity councils.

This fiscal year, Statistics Canada is developing a Green Action Plan. It will co-ordinate and consolidate the acquisitions requirements for the Census of Population Program, and will add green procurement commodities to Able Commerce.

Setting targets
In addition, Statistics Canada is committed to ensuring that 70% of all purchases are made using PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments, where available.

Meeting targets
Statistics Canada is now one of 10 federal government organizations that form the Automated Materiel Management Information System (AMMIS) cluster, but the agency will be migrating to the Central Departmental Financial System (CDFS). In CDFS, coding blocks will be added to capture green procurement. Without these coding blocks, measuring performance is a huge undertaking. Once the coding block is in place, the first year’s results will become the baseline from which realistic targets will be established.

Training
Formal green procurement training was in the past given to all procurement and materiel management staff. To accommodate newly-arrived staff, a fresh round of training is being arranged.

Statistics Canada is also arranging for this training to be offered to more than 100 acquisition card-holders across the agency. The training takes the form of an online course offered by the Canada School of Public Service. Cardholders will have easy access, despite being decentralized.

In addition, training sessions are being arranged for financial responsibility centre managers. These sessions will include green procurement information. This will help generate awareness.

Performance evaluations
This fiscal year, green procurement clauses were added to the performance evaluations of the staff of the Contracting and Materiel Management Unit. These will ensure that new procurement employees receive green procurement training promptly, and promote existing Government of Canada procurement tools. In fiscal year 2011/2012, green procurement clauses will again be added to the performance evaluations of the Contracting and Materiel Management Unit.

Other initiatives
Paper:
Paper consumption was expected to rise considerably in 2010/2011 because of the Census of Population and the Census of Agriculture. To accommodate this, the target was set at 11,531 sheets per employee. Based on the first seven months’ worth of data, converted to an annual basis, consumption is just 4,240 sheets per employee. Some of this decrease may be owing to paper reduction initiatives now in place. Statistics Canada continues to look for paper reduction opportunities.

In addition, the agency is seeking to use paper with a high percentage of recycled inputs. A target of 80% recycled printer and photocopy paper, with a minimum of 30% recycled inputs, is anticipated.

Packaging materials: Statistics Canada continues to seek ways to reduce the quantity of packaging materials involved in its purchases. In March 2010, for example, 1,730 PC towers and 911 monitors were purchased without packaging material.

The bulk acquisition of stationery supplies through the Statistics Canada store offers the advantages of reduced individual packaging and reduced delivery frequency—once per week.

Printers: Statistics Canada plans to reach, by March 31, 2013, a ratio of departmental office employees to printing units of 8 to 1, where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow. This ratio is in line with Federal Sustainability Development Strategy requirements. Print rationalization initiatives are being pursued in certain divisions to draw lessons learned. Further issues and opportunities are being considered, but strategy development is still at the conceptual stage. These significant initiatives will result in fewer printers and photocopiers and a greater percentage of green supplies for these machines. This will help the environment and save money.

Disposal of electrical and electronic equipment (EEE): Statistics Canada has a plan in place for disposal of all department-generated EEE. Old but functional equipment is being reused in census operations before it is declared surplus. The agency participates in the Computers for Schools Program, and the remaining units going to Crown Assets Disposal and to the Government of Canada Recycling Program.

Green Procurement Forum: Statistics Canada will continue to participate in the third annual interdepartmental Green Procurement Forum, organized by PWGSC.

Top of Page

Status of Women Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


Purchases against green consolidated procurement instruments
 
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy implementation status  
Dollar value of purchases for IT hardware and/or paper relative to total dollar value of purchases for those goods 80%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. SWC uses PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments for the acquisition of all paper. In addition, it will investigate default double sided printing on networked devices in HQ with a goal of reducing paper use.
  2. As a matter of course, for the procurement of IT hardware, the use of PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments (i.e. mandatory standing offers) is the norm in the agency’s procurement process and is used by managers for its integrated environmental considerations as well as for time-efficiency and cost-effectiveness.

Top of Page

The National Battlefields Commission



Green Procurement


Green Procurement Reporting for the NBC not
bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act.

Strategies / Comments:

In accordance with the performance agreement drawn up by the NBC Secretary/Director General, a three-year sustainable development action plan has been prepared and will be implemented in 2011-2012 and subsequent years to maintain the environmental health and sustainability of the Park. The Secretary/Director General will oversee the implementation of the measures described below, which will have an important impact on the environment and on green procurement, in particular.

  • With a view to reducing the impacts of transportation and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions:

    • When planning the acquisition of new motor vehicles and motorized equipment, select vehicles and equipment that have the lowest environmental impact.
    • When replacing golf carts, purchase electric carts whenever possible.

    With a view to ensuring responsible consumption:

    • Provide procurement personnel with training on responsible procurement.
    • Promote the purchase of biodegradable cleaning products that are safe for the environment and for human health.
    • Encourage the purchase of green renovation and construction materials, particularly with regard to paint, glue and solvent products.
    • Develop a responsible procurement guide to raise awareness among all buyers within the NBC.
    • Incorporate sustainable development criteria into calls for tender.
    • Provide NBC promotional material that meets sustainable development criteria.
    • Raise awareness among suppliers and subcontractors about responsible procurement.
    • Include in subcontracts responsible consumption criteria in accordance with the NBC's sustainable development policy.

An annual report will be prepared concerning the implementation of the sustainable development plan, and all managers will be required to report on their actions in this regard.


Top of Page

Transport Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not applicable  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not applicable  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Will be completed by March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Transport Canada strategies will be developed and incorporated into the strategic framework.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Building Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not applicable  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not applicable  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Will be completed by March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Transport Canada strategies will be developed and incorporated into the strategic framework.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Building Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not applicable  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not applicable  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Will be completed by March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Transport Canada strategies will be developed and incorporated into the strategic framework.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Building Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not applicable  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) Not applicable  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Will be completed by March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Transport Canada strategies will be developed and incorporated into the strategic framework.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Building Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to fiscal year 2005–06. 21%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 64151  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–12 53,887  
FY 2012–13 53,566  
FY 2013–14 53,245  
FY 2014–15 52,925  
FY 2015–16 52,604  
FY 2016–17 52,283  
FY 2017–18 51,962  
FY 2018–19 51,642  
FY 2019–20 51,321  
FY 2020–21 50,679  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 16%  
FY 2012–13 16.5%  
FY 2013–14 17%  
FY 2014–15 17.5%  
FY 2015–16 18%  
FY 2016–17 18.5%  
FY 2017–18 19%  
FY 2018–19 19.5%  
FY 2019–20 20%  
FY 2020–21 21%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted green house gas emission sources include facilities and fleet.
  2. Exclusions: Guardhouses where energy consumption is minimal and that are used for security reasons where billing includes other electrical costs that cannot be separated (3 in total).
  3. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Greenhouse Gas Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Will be completed by March 2012  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 17%  
FY 2012–13 60%  
FY 2013–14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of location: Number of locations is six based on consolidated responsibility for waste disposal at regional office level including the National Capital Region.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Electronic and Electrical Equipment Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) Not applicable  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 5:1  
FY 2012–13 8:1  
FY 2013–14 10:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition: Multifunctional devices, desktop printers, network printers, photocopiers and faxes
  2. Scope: Transport Canada is working towards the process of determining the possibility of meeting the 8:1 ratio at Transport Canada buildings across the nation based on building occupancy levels, security considerations and where space configurations allow. While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to above-mentioned considerations, on average, the department will meet this target for all employees.
  3. Method used for determining number of printing units: Information Management/Information Technology (Corporate Services) is leading a departmental initiative to inventory (via electronic and manual means) all printing units.
  4. Method used for determining number of office employees: Number of Transport Canada unique user identifications as validated against Human Resources statistics.
  5. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Printing Unit Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Not applicable  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12 Not applicable  
FY 2012–13 10%  
FY 2013–14 20%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Transport Canada has elected to include all departmental employees, irrelevant of their work location.
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: Public Works and Government Services Canada will provide usage data, which will complement information available to Transport Canada.
  3. Method used for determining # of office employees: Number of Transport Canada unique user identifications as validated against Human Resources statistics.
    iv. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Paper Consumption Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes: Adopted 2010  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Adoption: Transport Canada has incorporated Environment Canada’s green meeting guide into its environmental management system and has developed an internal webpage to link Transport Canada employees to the document.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the electronic and electrical equipment targets table. (Green Meetings Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 smart green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


8.10.1 By March 31, 2014, 80% of all vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs, a fuel-efficient vehicle in its class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide, and/or an alternative fuel vehicle.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of vehicle purchases that meet the target relative to the total number of all vehicle purchases in the given year. 42 expected to meet target
52 expected purchases in total
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 80%  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected target is smart:

Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism.
Measurable: Information available through our tracking and financial systems.
Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of Public Works and Government Services Canada standing offers.
Relevant: High rating according to the environmental issue impact assessment.
Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the electronic and electrical equipment targets table. (Green Procurement Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 


8.10.2 As of April 1, 2012, all office computers will have a lifetime average of at least four (4) years in the department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average life of office computers in the Department. 4 years  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 4 year life span maintained  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected target is smart:

Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity.
Measurable: Information available from departmental tracking system.
Achievable: Department’s Desktop Life Cycle Plan.
Relevant: High rating according to the environmental issue impact assessment.
Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Procurement Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.)


8.10.3 By March 31, 2014, 100% of copy paper purchases contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Volume of paper purchases meeting the target relative to total volume of all paper purchases in the given year. 55% in 2009/10  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 55% in 2011/12  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected target is smart:

Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity.
Measurable: Information available Public Works and Government Services Canada Standing Offers.
Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of Public Works and Government Services Canada standing offers.
Relevant: High rating according to the environmental issue impact assessment.
Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Baseline: 2009/2010 statistics from Public Works and Government Services Canada
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Procurement Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish smart targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making5.


8.11.1 Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, 90% of designated contracting specialists and 60% of new acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service, or any other federal government department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Number of designated contracting specialists and procurement personnel who have completed training relative to the total number of materiel managers and procurement personnel.

Number of new acquisition cardholders who have completed training relative to the total number of acquisition cardholders.

Not Available

 

Not Available

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 50% of designated contracting specialist and 60% of new acquisition cardholders  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected target is smart:

Specific: Refers to specific type of training and purchasing mechanism.
Measurable: Combination of manual, Human Resources and financial systems.
Achievable: Departmental policy mandating participation on Green Procurement course.
Relevant: Main requirement of the Policy on Green Procurement.
Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Procurement Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 


8.11.2 Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2012, identified designated contracting specialists and their managers and functional heads will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions. Not Available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected target is smart:

Specific: Refers to specific type of target group based on pre-established criteria.
Measurable: Information on the number of positions will be tracked based on manual recording and will be captured by Human Resources since information is protected upon completion, actual performance results cannot be captured or released.
Achievable: Departmental policy mandating inclusion of a performance clause in positions that have been identified as requiring a clause based on pre-established criteria.
Relevant: Main requirement of the Policy on Green Procurement.
Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Procurement Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 


8.11.3 Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2013, departmental fleet management policies, guidelines and/or standards that include mandatory green fleet practices and purchasing will be reviewed and evaluated.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of reviews and evaluations conducted to verify that the fleet management standards are met. 2  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 1  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self selected target is smart:

Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism.
Measurable: Information available from our financial system.
Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of Public Works and Government Services Canada standing offers.
Relevant: Main requirement of the Policy on Green Procurement.
Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the Government Greening Operations targets table. (Green Procurement Implementation Plan available as of March 2012.) 

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs) Not applicable  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Transport Canada does not intend to purchase greenhouse gas emissions offset credits 


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving Leadership and Energy and Environmental Design for New Construction Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: Building Owners and Managers Association of the Building Environmental Standards, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: Building Owners and Managers Association of the Building Environmental Standards, an appropriately tailored Building Owners and Managers Association International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving Leadership and Energy and Environmental Design for Commercial Interiors Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act can follow the approach specified in the Act by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Transportation Appeal Tribunal of Canada



Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional) N/A

Strategies / Comments

1. The Transportation Appeal Tribunal of Canada (TATC) has continued to make progress towards integrating environmental performance considerations into it procurement decision-making processes.

Training Initiatives:

2. In 2011-2012, the TATC will offer training to its material management and procurement staff as well as the acquisition cardholders in government-wide green procurement. The TATC employees will be asked to take this training in this fiscal year.

Performance Evaluations:

3. Establish standardized green procurement or other environmental consideration clauses that can be incorporated into performance evaluations.

Top of Page

Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat



Greening Government Operations

Overview

The following outlines the Secretariat's targets and implementation strategies to meet federal targets identified in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy (FSDS) under Goal 8: Greening Government Operations (GGO). The targets that are relevant to the Secretariat's operations relate to the areas of electronic waste (8.6), printing units (8.7), paper consumption (8.8), green meetings (8.9), and green procurement (8.10 and 8.11). For more information on the GGO targets, visit the Environment Canada website. 

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year (FY). FY 2011–12    
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies/Comments

  1. The Secretariat currently has a number of ad hoc processes in place. Activities during FY 2011–12 will consist of evaluating the current practices and developing an implementation plan.
  2. FY 2012–13 will see the Secretariat implement the described plan at selected sites and make any required adjustments.
  3. FY 2013–14 will see the Secretariat implement the plan at all sites and measure its effectiveness against the stated target.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 N/A*  
FY 2012–13 8:1  
FY 2013–14    

Strategies/Comments

  1. *FY 2011–12 will see the Secretariat:
    1. Undertake a study to determine the departmental inventory of printing units. Of note, the Secretariat currently employs a decentralized procurement model, which presents challenges in determining the number of printing units;
    2. Determine a scope for this target with respect to occupancy levels, security and operational requirements;
    3. Determine tracking methodologies for both printing units and office employees; and
    4. Develop a plan to rationalize the number of printing units with a goal of ensuring the ratio is at least 8:1, on average, within all its facilities.
  2. FY 2012–13 will see the Secretariat implement the described plan and measure its results against the stated target.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–06 and 2011–12, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12    
FY 2012–13    
FY 2013–14    

Strategies/Comments

  1. The Secretariat purchases paper centrally, but its use within current business processes is decentralized. During FY 2011–12, the Secretariat will conduct a baseline study of its current paper usage and develop a plan to reduce consumption by targeting a number of specific initiatives (green meetings, duplex printing/photocopying, etc.).
  2. During FY 2012–13, the Secretariat will begin implementation of the described plan and measure its initial impacts.
  3. During FY 2013–14, the Secretariat will continue to monitor the implementation of its plan and make any required adjustments to ensure that the stated target is met.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A   

Strategies/Comments

  1. In FY 2011–12, the Secretariat will develop an internal guide for greening meetings and begin an awareness campaign to support its implementations.
  2. In FY 2012–13, the Secretariat will continue to promote its guide in an effort to ensure green meetings become part of Secretariat culture.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, time-bound) green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


1. By April 1, 2014, all workstation monitors will have default settings to shut off after a certain length of time the computer is not being used and computer workstations will be completely shut down after hours.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2012, the Secretariat has surveyed its existing equipment, procures only compliant equipment and has developed an implementation plan. N/A  
By April 1, 2014, the Secretariat has implemented its plan.    

Strategies/Comments

  1. In FY 2011–12, the Secretariat will survey its current equipment to determine if the current capability exists. Also, it will become mandatory for all new computers and monitors purchased to have this functionality, and the Secretariat will develop a plan to implement the measures described in the target.
  2. FY 2012–13 will see the Secretariat implement the described plan.


2. By March 31, 2014, all purchases of appliances (e.g., microwave ovens and refrigerators) will be Energy Star, or equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2012, Secretariat procedures are documented and a monitoring strategy is developed. N/A  
By March 31, 2013, the monitoring strategy has been implemented.    
By March 31, 2014, all purchases comply with the target.    

Strategies/Comments

  1. The Secretariat currently employs a decentralized procurement model and is in the progress of documenting its procedures. By the end of FY 2011–12, the Secretariat will ensure that the procedures for the purchase of small appliances clearly indicate the requirements of this target and will develop a strategy to monitor these purchases.
  2. During FY 2012–13, the Secretariat will implement its monitoring strategy and ensure compliance with the target.


3. All new fleet vehicle purchases by the Secretariat will be hybrid or an Ultra Low Emission Vehicle (ULEV).
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By April 1, 2011, all new vehicles are hybrid or Ultra Low Emission Vehicles. N/A  

Strategies/Comments

The Secretariat operates a small fleet of executive vehicles, which are purchased centrally. Effective April 1, 2011, any vehicles purchased to support these activities will meet the stated target.


Departmental SMART Targets

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.


By March 31, 2014, all Secretariat fund centre managers with contracting authority will receive green procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2013, the Secretariat has developed a procurement training program for fund centre managers that includes green procurement training. N/A  
By March 31, 2014, all fund centre managers have completed the green procurement training. N/A  

Strategies/Comments

  1. The Secretariat is currently in the process of documenting its procurement procedures for which, upon completion of this initiative, there will be a training program developed for all parties of the procurement process, including the fund centre managers. By March 31, 2013, the training program will be developed, and green procurement training for all fund centre managers will be included.
  2. By March 31, 2014, all fund centre managers will complete the training, and any new managers will be required to complete it within one year of assuming their duties.


By March 31, 2012, the Secretariat will ensure that environmental considerations are factored into the development of the procurement strategies for the acquisition of goods and services.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By December 31, 2011, all procurement strategies developed in support of Secretariat requirements include green procurement considerations. N/A  

Strategies/Comments

The Secretariat is currently documenting its procurement procedures and will incorporate green procurement considerations in the development of the procurement strategies for contracted goods and services. By December 31, 2011, the Secretariat will ensure that green considerations are part of the integrated procurement planning process.



By December 31, 2011, processes and controls relating to green procurement will be formally documented and communicated to fund centre managers making procurement decisions.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By December 31, 2011, the Secretariat has procurement processes that clearly incorporate green procurement considerations. N/A  

Strategies/Comments

  1. The Secretariat is currently in the process of documenting its procurement procedures. Green procurement considerations will be incorporated into these processes and by December 31, 2011, they will be communicated to all fund centre managers involved in procurement decisions.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
As of April 1, 2012, 90% of identified managers will have environmental considerations incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental considerations relative to the total of identified positions. N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies/Comments

  1. In FY 2011–12, the Secretariat will assess how best to implement the target in the context of the Secretariat.
  2. In FY 2012–13, the Secretariat will implement this target.

Top of Page

Veterans Affairs Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. EEE plan is under development.  

Strategies / Comments


Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Presence of a green meeting guide. Green Meeting Guide is under development.  

Strategies / Comments


Green Procurement Targets


8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Number of vehicles purchased that meet the target relative to total number of all vehicle purchases in the given year (executive vehicles are excluded). By March 31, 2012, 90% of vehicles purchased annually are right-sized for operational needs and are the most fuel efficient vehicle in its class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle.  

Strategies / Comments

The criteria set out in Annex F of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline for Target 8.10 will be used to identify whether a vehicle is right-sized.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Volume of office equipment purchased meeting the target relative to total volume of all office equipment purchased. By March 31, 2012, 70% of purchases of printers, faxes, scanners and photocopiers will have environmental features.  

Strategies / Comments

Measurement requires the availability of procurement or assets management data for reporting. Performance may be assessed by sampling methods.


Performance Measure RPP DPR
Dollar value of paper purchases meeting the target relative to total dollar value of all paper purchases in the given year. By March 31, 2014, 65% of copy paper purchases contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.  

Strategies / Comments

This target requires the availability of procurement data for reporting. Performance may be assessed by sampling methods.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Number of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff. As of April 1, 2011, 70% of Materiel Managers and Procurement Personnel (including all PG classified employees, as well as employees and managers identified as a procurement and/or materiel management functional specialist) will receive green procurement training through CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.  
Progress against measure. 60% in 2010-11  

Strategies / Comments

 


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Number of performance evaluations that incorporated environmental considerations, relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. As of April 1, 2012, 85% of environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management.  
Progress against measure. 75% in 2010-11  

Strategies / Comments

 


Management processes and controls.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Number of departmental procurement processes and controls that incorporate environmental considerations relative to total number of departmental procurement processes and controls that should address environmental considerations. As of April 1, 2012, 25% of all identified processes and controls, relating to procurement, will have incorporated environmental considerations.  
Progress against measure. 0% in 2010-11  

Strategies / Comments

 


Top of Page

Western Economic Diversification Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE See (ii) below  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented by the end of the given fiscal year, expressed as a percentage of all locations FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. For the purposes of this target, WD has defined "location" as cities where the department has offices. There are six locations in WD:
    • Vancouver, British Columbia;
    • Edmonton, Alberta;
    • Calgary, Alberta;
    • Saskatoon, Saskatchewan;
    • Winnipeg, Manitoba;
    • Ottawa, Ontario.
  2. As of June 2009, WD achieved full implementation of acceptable EEE disposal practices.
  3. Electronic Data Storage devices are cleared and declassified according to the Communications Security Establishment Canada Directive ITSG-06, dated July 2006.
  4. WD follows IT Media Overwrite Guidelines as set out in RCMP Technical Security Branch - IT Security Bulletin Lead Agency Publication B2-002, dated May 2009.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow (FY 2010-11 as baseline) 3.92:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow FY 2011-12 5.25:1  
FY 2012-13 6.5:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of Printing Unit: Networked (including local/desktop printers), stand-alone (non-networked), single-purpose and multi-functional units (e.g., photocopiers) are included.
  2. Target Scope: Does not include fax machines, scanners, communications security equipment and offices with less than eight people, which represents less than 1% of office employees.
  3. Method Used for Determining the Number of Printing Units: An inventory completed by the IT group revealed that there are currently 139 printers in the department, of which 100 are networked and 39 are stand-alone.
  4. Method Used for Determining the Number of Employees: Current payroll numbers, excluding term employees and students, reveal that there are currently 545 WD employees.
  5. Implementation Strategies:
    • Stand-alone and single-purpose printers are not replaced at end-of-life.
    • Multi-function printers are replacing single-purpose units.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope (FY 2010-11 as baseline) See (iv) below  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected FY 2011-12 7%  
FY 2012-13 15%  
FY 2013-14 20%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Target Scope: WD will use fiscal year 2010-11 to determine the scope of this target.
  2. Method Used for Determining Paper Consumption: Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Paper Standing Offer (PSO) purchasing data.
  3. Method Used for Determining the Number of Employees: Current payroll numbers, excluding term employees and students, reveal that there are currently 545 WD employees.
  4. Implementation Strategy: WD will use fiscal year 2010-11 to determine implementation strategies for fiscal year 2011-12.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide Yes  

Strategies/Comments

  1. WD expects that the greening meeting guide will be completed by the end of fiscal year 2010-11.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


8.10 (i) Effective April 1, 2012, 100% of copy paper purchased will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and forest management certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of copy paper purchased that contains a minimum of 30% recycled content and forest management certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification (FY 2009-10 as baseline) 88%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year See (iv) below  

Strategies/Comments

  1. The 2009-10 percentage represents data from one paper supplier on the PWGSC PSO. Further analysis is required to determine paper consumption from all suppliers.
  2. This target meets all SMART target criteria: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  3. Paper consumption data from 2010-11 will include information from all PWGSC PSO suppliers (see target 8.8).
  4. Implementation Strategy: WD will use fiscal year 2010-11 to determine implementation strategies for fiscal year 2011-12. The 100% target will be reached in fiscal year 2012-13.


8.10 (ii) As of April 1, 2011, WD will purchase 100% of IT hardware from PWGSC Consolidated Procurement Instruments.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of IT hardware purchased from PWGSC Consolidated Procurement Instruments (FY 2009-10 as baseline) 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. This target meets all SMART target criteria: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. WD will continue to purchase IT hardware from consolidated procurement instruments (CPIs), which are greened through PWGSC's Commodity Management Framework.


8.10 (iii) By March 31, 2013, WD will procure recycling services to ensure that all paper and paper products are disposed of in an environmentally responsible manner. Full department implementation of recycling services will be completed by March 31, 2014.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Performance Measure (Not applicable)  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year (Not applicable)  

Strategies/Comments

  1. WD has six locations with varying disposal methods for paper and paper products (see target 8.6 for a definition of "location").
  2. This target meets all SMART target criteria: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  3. In 2011-12, each location will outline current process and amount (weight) of waste paper and paper products.
  4. In 2012-13, recycling programs will be investigated. The best methods to meet WD’s operations needs will be determined through an appropriate procurement strategy.
  5. A recycling program will be implemented effective April 1, 2013, with full implementation by March 31, 2014.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, WD will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.


8.11 (i) As of April 1, 2011, GREEN PROCUREMENT Training will be mandatory for the following employees:

1. Procurement Functional Specialists;
2. Material Management Functional Specialists;
3. Acquisition Card Holders;
4. Manager, Corporate Administration - HQ;
5. Regional Managers, Finance & Corporate Services.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of designated employees trained with green procurement training (FY 2009-10 as baseline) 70%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. This target meets all SMART target criteria: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. Basic Green Procurement information provided as part of WD's in-house Procurement 101 training.
  3. The Canada School of Public Service course Green Procurement-C215 is mandatory for Procurement and Material Management staff and Acquisition Card Holders.
  4. The Corporate Learning initiative will be effective April 1, 2011, for completion by March 31, 2012.
  5. Ongoing training will be offered as required for new Procurement/Material Management staff and Acquisition Card holders.


8.11 (ii) As of April 1, 2012, all designated employees will have green performance evaluations measures identified.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of designated employees with green performance evaluations measures identified (FY 2009-10 as baseline) 12.5%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. This target meets all SMART target criteria: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. Designated Employees:
    • Manager, Corporate Administration - HQ;
    • Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - BC Region;
    • Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - AB Region;
    • Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - SK Region;
    • Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - MB Region;
    • Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - Ottawa Office;
    • Procurement Services Advisor, Corporate Services - HQ.
  3. The Procurement Services Advisor has green performance evaluations measures identified.


8.11 (iii) Effective April 1, 2011, the following management processes and controls will be fully implemented:

1. WD Procurement Strategy;
2. Electronic Bid Box;
3. Lifecycle Management in Asset Management Framework;
4. Bi-Annual Green Government awareness events and ongoing communication;
5. GX Financial System GREEN tracking.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of identified management processes and controls implemented (FY 2009-10 as baseline) 80%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year (ongoing) 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. This target meets all SMART target criteria: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. Green procurement commitments stated in WD Procurement Strategy; mandatory use of PWGSC GREEN CPIs.
  3. The use of Electronic Bid Box will be integrated into all offices, with 100% use resulting in decreased paper usage and increased electronic filing.
  4. Lifecycle Management will reduce the number of printer units to achieve targets 8.7 and 8.8.
  5. Various events, tips and hints to reduce footprint, including ongoing advice to procurement staff, and communication bulletins.
  6. Improved project tracking in financial system, with 100% of offices identifying GREEN purchases.